[go: up one dir, main page]

0% found this document useful (0 votes)
321 views267 pages

FIAT Punto 2012 User Manual 267 Pages Eng

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1/ 267

COP PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB:PUNTO UM GB 11-10-2011 13:43 Pagina 1

F I A T P U N T O
ENGLISH

The data contained in this publication is intended merely as a guide. FIAT reserves the right to modify the models and
versions described in this booklet at any time for technical and commercial reasons.
If you have any further questions please consult your FIAT dealer.
Printed in recycled paper without chlorine. O W N E R H A N D B O O K
COP PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB:PUNTO UM GB 11-10-2011 13:43 Pagina 2

WHY CHOOSING
GENUINE PARTS

We really know your car because we invented, designed and built it: we really know every single detail.
At Fiat Service authorised workshops you can find technicians directly trained by us,
offering quality and professionalism for all service operations.
Fiat workshops are always close to you for the regular servicing operations, season checks
and practical recommendations by our experts.
With Fiat Genuine Parts you keep the reliability, comfort and performance features
of your new car unchanged in time: that's why you bought it for.
Always ask for Genuine Parts for the components used on our cars; we recommend them because
they come from our steady commitment in research and development of highly innovative technologies.
For all these reasons: rely on Genuine Parts, because they are the only ones designed
by Fiat for your car.

SAFETY: ENVIRONMENT: PARTICULATE FILTERS, COMFORT: SUSPENSION PERFORMANCE: SPARK PLUGS, LINEACCESSORI
BRAKING SYSTEM CLIMATE CONTROL MAINTENANCE AND WINDSCREEN WIPERS INJECTORS AND BATTERIES ROOF RACK BARS, WHEEL RIMS
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 1

CHOOSING GENUINE PARTS


IS THE MOST NATURAL CHOICE

PERFORMANCE COMFORT SAFETY AMBIENT ACCESSORIES VALUES

G E N U I N E P A R T S G E N U I N E P A R T S G E N U I N E P A R T S G E N U I N E P A R T S G E N U I N E P A R T S G E N U I N E P A R T S
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 2

HOW TO RECOGNISE
GENUINE PARTS

To recognise a Genuine Part, check that the component bears our brands, always clearly visible on Genuine Parts,
from the braking system to windscreen wipers, from shock absorbers to air cleaner.
All Genuine Parts undergo strict controls, both during design and manufacturing stages,
by specialists using vanguard materials, to test the component reliability.
This to guarantee performance and safety for you and your passengers on board, for a long time.
Always ask for and make sure a Genuine Part has been used.

Genuine
Parts
Genuine Genuine
Parts Parts

Air cleaner Shock absorber Brake pads


001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 3

Dear Customer,
Thank you for selecting Fiat and congratulations on your choice of a Fiat Punto.
We have written this handbook to help you get to know all the features of your car and use it in the best possible way.
You should read it right through before taking to the road for the first time.
You will find information, tips and important warnings regarding the driving of your car to help you get the most from the
technological features of your Fiat.
Carefully read the warnings and indications marked with the following symbols:

personal safety;

the car’s wellbeing;

environmental protection.

The enclosed Warranty Booklet lists the services that Fiat offers to its customers:
❒ the Warranty Certificate with terms and conditions for maintaining its validity
❒ the range of additional services available to Fiat customers.
Enjoy the read. Happy motoring!

This Owner Handbook describes all versions of the Fiat Punto;


please consider only the information relevant to your version, engine and configuration.
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 4

READ THIS CAREFULLY!

REFUELLING RESPECTING THE ENVIRONMENT


Petrol engines: only refuel the car with unleaded petrol The car is fitted with a system that carries out a continu-
K with an octane rating (RON) of no less than 95 conform-
ing to the European specification EN228.
ous diagnosis of the emission-related components in or-
der to help protect the environment.
The use of petrol that does not conform to the above-men-
tioned specification may cause the EOBD warning light to ELECTRICAL ACCESSORIES
switch on and the irregular operation of the engine.


Diesel engines: only refuel the car using diesel fuel that If, after buying the car, you decide to add electrical acces-
conforms to European specification EN590. sories (with the risk of gradually draining the battery), vis-
it a Fiat Dealership. They can calculate the overall electri-
cal requirement and check that the car’s electrical system
STARTING THE ENGINE can support the required load.
Petrol engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged, CODE card
set the gearshift lever to neutral, fully depress the clutch
without pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key Keep this in a safe place, not in the car. You should have the
to AVV and release it as soon as the engine has started. electronic code from the CODE card with you at all times.
Diesel engines: make sure that the handbrake is engaged,
set the gearshift lever to neutral, fully depress the clutch
without pressing the accelerator, then turn the ignition key
to MAR and wait for the warning lights Y and m to go SCHEDULED SERVICING
off; turn the ignition key to AVV and release it as soon as Correct maintenance of the car is essential for ensuring it
the engine has started. stays in tip-top condition and safeguards its safety features,
its environmental friendliness and low running costs for a
long time to come.
PARKING ON FLAMMABLE MATERIAL

 The catalytic converter reaches high temperatures during


operation. Do not park the on grass, dry leaves, pine nee-
dles or other flammable material: fire hazard.
THE OWNER’S HANDBOOK CONTAINS…
... information, tips and important warnings on the correct
use and maintenance of your car over time as
well as safe driving tips. Pay special attention to the sym-
bols " (personal safety) # (environmental protection) !
(the car’s wellbeing).
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 5

KNOWING YOUR VEHICLE KNOWING


YOUR
DASHBOARD VEHICLE
The presence and position of the controls, the instruments and the indicators may vary according to the versions.
SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

fig. 1 F0U0654m
TECHNICAL
1. Adjustable side air vents - 2. Fixed side air vents - 3. Left-hand lever: exterior lights control - 4. Instrument panel
SPECIFICATIONS
- 5. Right-hand lever: front and rear windscreen wiper controls, trip computer - 6. Controls on dashboard - 7. Adjustable
central air vents - 8. Fixed upper air vent - 9. Front airbag, passenger side - 10. Glove compartment - 11. Sound system
(for versions/markets where provided) - 12. HVAC controls - 13. Ignition - 14. Front airbag, driver’s side - 15. Steering CONTENTS
wheel adjustment lever - 16. Control panel: headlight position adjustment/digital display/multifunction display - 17. Light-
guiding plate.
5
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 6

KNOWING
SYMBOLS THE FIAT CODE SYSTEM
YOUR Special coloured labels have been attached near or actu- This is an electrical engine locking system which increases
VEHICLE ally on some of the components of your Fiat Punto. These protection against an attempted theft of the car. It is auto-
labels bear symbols that remind you of the precautions matically activated when the ignition key is extracted.
to be taken as regards that particular component.
SAFETY Each key contains an electronic device which modulates
A plate summarising the symbols used can be found under the signal emitted during ignition by an antenna built into
the bonnet fig. 2. the ignition device. This signal is the ‘password’ which
changes at each ignition and which the control unit uses
STARTING to recognise the key and enable ignition.
AND DRIVING
OPERATION
WARNING LIGHTS Each time the vehicle is started by turning the ignition key
AND MESSAGES to MAR, the Fiat CODE system control unit sends a recog-
nition code to the engine control unit to deactivate the
immobiliser.
IN AN The code is sent only if the Fiat CODE system control unit
EMERGENCY has recognised the code transmitted from the key.
Each time the ignition key is turned to STOP, the Fiat
SERVICING CODE system deactivates the functions of the engine con-
AND CARE trol unit.
If the code is not recognised correctly during ignition, the
Y warning light comes on in the instrument panel.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0618m
fig. 2
6
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 7

In this case turn the key to STOP and then to MAR; if the THE KEYS KNOWING
lock persists try again with the spare set of keys. Contact
a Fiat Dealership if you still cannot start the engine. YOUR
CODE CARD fig. 3 VEHICLE
Warning light Y comes on when driving (available on request for versions/markets where pro-
vided)
❒ If the warning light Y turns on, this means that the SAFETY
system is running a self-test (for example for a voltage The car is delivered with two copies of the ignition key
drop). and with the CODE card, which bears the following:
❒ If the warning light Y stays on, contact a Fiat Dealer- A the electronic code;
STARTING
ship. B the mechanical key code to be given to the Fiat Deal- AND DRIVING
ership when ordering duplicate keys.
You should have the electronic code A-fig. 3 with you at
all times. WARNING LIGHTS
IMPORTANT In order to ensure complete efficiency of AND MESSAGES
The electronic components inside the key the electronic devices inside the keys, they should never
may be damaged if the key is subjected to be exposed to direct sunlight.
sharp knocks. IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0003m
fig. 3
7
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 8

KNOWING All the keys and the CODE card must be WARNING
YOUR handed over to the new owner when selling Only press button B with the key away
VEHICLE the car. from your body, specifically from your
eyes and from objects which could get damaged
(e.g. your clothes). Do not leave the key unat-
SAFETY tended to avoid the button being accidentally
pressed while it is being handled, e.g. by a child.
KEY WITH REMOTE CONTROL fig. 4
STARTING The metal insert A operates:
AND DRIVING ❒ the ignition; Button Ë is used for unlocking the doors and the boot.
❒ the door locks; Button Á is used for locking the doors and the boot.
WARNING LIGHTS ❒ the fuel cap lock/release (for versions/markets where Button R is used to open the boot remotely.
AND MESSAGES provided);
When unlocking the doors, the passenger compartment
Pressing button B opens/closes the metal insert. ceiling lights will come on for a preset time.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0004m
fig. 4
8
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 9

Dashboard LED indications Replacing the battery of the key with remote
control fig. 6 KNOWING
When locking the doors, the LED A-fig. 5 in the button YOUR
switches on for about 3 seconds and then starts to flash To replace the battery, proceed as follows: VEHICLE
(as a deterrent).
❒ press button A and bring the metal insert B to the open
Once doors are locked, if one or more doors or the boot position;
are not closed correctly, the LED and direction indicators SAFETY
start flashing quickly. ❒ turn the screw C to : using a fine screwdriver;
❒ take out the battery case D and replace the battery E,
respecting its polarity; STARTING
❒ refit the battery case D inside the key and lock it by AND DRIVING
turning the screw C to Á .

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
ASR
OFF
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0005m F0U0006m
fig. 5 fig. 6
9
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 10

REPLACING THE REMOTE CONTROL COVER Used batteries are harmful to the environ-
KNOWING fig. 7
YOUR ment. You can dispose of them either in the
VEHICLE To replace the remote control cover, follow the proce- correct containers as specified by law or by
dure shown in the diagram. taking them to a Fiat Dealership, which will deal
with their disposal.
SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING Requesting additional remote controls
The system acknowledges up to 8 remote controls. Should
a new remote control be necessary, contact a Fiat Deal-
WARNING LIGHTS ership, taking with you the CODE card, a personal iden-
AND MESSAGES tity document and the car’s ownership documents.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0007m
fig. 7
10
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 11

KEY WITHOUT REMOTE CONTROL fig. 8 ALARM


KNOWING
The metal insert A of the key is fixed. The car’s alarm system is available from Lineaccessori Fiat. YOUR
The key operates: VEHICLE
❒ the ignition;
❒ the door locks; SAFETY
❒ the fuel tank cap lock (for versions/markets where pro-
vided).
STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0008m
fig. 8
11
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 12

The main functions that can be activated with the keys (with or without remote control) are the following:
KNOWING
YOUR Type of key Unlocking Door locking Activating Unlocking Windows down Windows up
VEHICLE the doors from the outside Dead Lock the boot (where provided) (where provided)
(where provided)

SAFETY Key without remote control Turn key Turn key


anticlockwise clockwise – – – –
(driver’s side) (driver’s side)

Turn key Turn key


STARTING
anticlockwise clockwise – – – –
AND DRIVING
(driver’s side) (driver’s side)
Key with remote control
Press briefly Press briefly Press twice Press briefly Hold down Hold down
WARNING LIGHTS button Ë button Á button Á button R button Ë button Á
AND MESSAGES (for more than two (for more than
seconds) two seconds)

Direction blinks twice blinks once blinks three times blinks twice blinks twice blinks once
IN AN indicators flashing (only for
EMERGENCY key with remote control)

Deterrence LED Off Lit for about Double flash, Deterrence Off Deterrence
3 seconds followed followed by LED LED
SERVICING by deterrence LED deterrence
AND CARE flashing flashing

TECHNICAL IMPORTANT Window opening operation is a consequence of a door unlocking control; window closing operation is
SPECIFICATIONS a consequence of a door locking control.

CONTENTS

12
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 13

IGNITION WARNING KNOWING


The key can be turned to 3 different positions fig. 9:
If the ignition device has been tampered YOUR
with (e.g. an attempted theft), have it VEHICLE
❒ STOP: engine off, key can be extracted, steering locked. checked over by a Fiat Dealership as soon as pos-
Some electrical devices (e.g. sound system, central door sible.
locking system, etc.) can function. SAFETY
❒ MAR: driving position. All electrical devices can func-
tion.
WARNING
❒ AVV: engine starting (temporary position). When getting out of the car, always remove STARTING
the key to prevent someone from acciden- AND DRIVING
The ignition device is fitted with an electronic safety sys-
tem that, in the event the engine fails to start, forces you tally activating the controls. Remember to engage
to turn the ignition key back to STOP before repeating the the handbrake. Engage first gear if the car is parked
starting operation. uphill or reverse if the car is parked downhill. Nev- WARNING LIGHTS
er leave children unattended in the car. AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0655m
fig. 9
13
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 14

STEERING LOCK WARNING


KNOWING
YOUR Engagement
It is absolutely forbidden to carry out any
VEHICLE after-sales operation involving steering sys-
When the key is at STOP, remove the key and turn the tem or steering column modifications (e.g. in-
steering wheel until it locks. stalling an anti-theft device) that could badly af-
SAFETY fect performance and safety, invalidate the war-
Disengagement ranty and also result in the car failing to comply
with regulations.
Move the steering wheel slightly as you turn the ignition
STARTING key to MAR.
AND DRIVING

WARNING
WARNING LIGHTS Never extract the key while the vehicle is
AND MESSAGES moving. The steering wheel would lock au-
tomatically as soon as it is turned. This is always
the case, even when the vehicle is being towed.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

14
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 15

INSTRUMENT PANEL KNOWING


Versions with YOUR
multifunction display VEHICLE

A Speedometer
B Fuel level gauge with reserve SAFETY
warning light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge
with overheating warning light STARTING
AND DRIVING
D Rev counters
E Multifunction display
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
F0U0660m
fig. 11
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS
F0U0662m
fig. 12
15
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 16

Versions with reconfigurable


KNOWING multifunction display
YOUR (for versions/markets where provided)
VEHICLE
A Speedometer
B Fuel level gauge with reserve
SAFETY warning light
C Engine coolant temperature gauge
with overheating warning light
STARTING
AND DRIVING D Rev counters
E Reconfigurable multifunction dis-
play
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES fig. 13 F0U0661m

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

16
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 17

INSTRUMENTS caused, for example, by the operation of the climate con-


KNOWING
trol system or fan. In these cases, a slow change in revs is
Instrument background colour and type may vary ac- used to protect the battery charge. YOUR
cording to the version. VEHICLE
FUEL GAUGE fig. 16
SPEEDOMETER fig. 14 This shows the amount of fuel left in the tank. SAFETY
This shows the speed of the vehicle. E tank empty.
REV COUNTER fig. 15 F tank full.
STARTING
The rev counter shows the number of engine revolutions The reserve warning light A comes on to indicate that AND DRIVING
per minute. approximately 7 litres of fuel are left in the tank.
IMPORTANT The electronic injection control system Do not travel with the fuel tank almost empty: the gaps
gradually shuts off the flow of fuel when the engine is over- in fuel delivery could damage the catalyst. WARNING LIGHTS
revving, resulting in a gradual loss of engine power. See the description in the “Refuelling” paragraph. AND MESSAGES
When the engine is idling, the rev counter may indicate a IMPORTANT The needle will point to E and warning light
gradual or sudden increase of the rate. A will blink to indicate a fault in the system. If this is the IN AN
This is normal and does not indicate a fault. It may be case, go to a Fiat Dealership to have the system checked. EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0663m F0U0664m
fig. 14 fig. 15
17
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 18

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE Warning light B may light up (and a message on the mul-
KNOWING GAUGE fig. 17 tifunction display may appear on certain versions) to in-
YOUR dicate that the coolant fluid temperature is too high; in this
VEHICLE This shows the temperature of the engine coolant fluid and case, stop the engine and contact a Fiat Dealership.
starts working when the fluid temperature exceeds ap-
prox. 50°C.
SAFETY Under normal usage, the needle should hover around the
middle of the scale according to the working conditions.
C Low engine coolant temperature. If the needle reaches the red area, stop the
STARTING engine immediately and contact a Fiat
AND DRIVING H High engine coolant temperature. Dealership.

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0665m F0U0666m
fig. 16 fig. 17
18
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 19

MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY STANDARD SCREEN fig. 21


KNOWING
(for versions/markets where provided) The standard screen shows the following information: YOUR
The car can be equipped with the multifunction display A Date. VEHICLE
that, depending on previous settings, shows useful infor- B Odometer (distance covered in km or miles).
mation when driving. C Time.
SAFETY
D Outside temperature.
E Headlamp alignment position (only with dipped head-
lamps on).
STARTING
F Start&Stop indicator (for versions/markets where pro- AND DRIVING
vided).
G Gear Shift Indicator (for versions/markets where pro-
vided). WARNING LIGHTS
NB When one of the front doors is opened, the display AND MESSAGES
turns on and shows for a few seconds the time and dis-
tance covered.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0667m
fig. 21
19
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 20

KNOWING RECONFIGURABLE E Car conditions


MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY (e.g. doors open, possible ice on road, etc.)
YOUR
VEHICLE (for versions/markets where provided) F Headlamp alignment position
(only with dipped headlamps on).
The car may be equipped with a reconfigurable multi- G Outside temperature
SAFETY function display that, according to previous settings, will
show useful driving information. ❒ Start&Stop indicator
(for versions/markets where provided)
STARTING
STANDARD SCREEN fig. 22 ❒ Gear Shift Indicator
AND DRIVING The standard screen shows the following information: (for versions/markets where provided).
A Time
WARNING LIGHTS B Date
AND MESSAGES D Odometer (distance travelled in kilometres/miles)

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U2050g
fig. 22
20
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 21

CONTROL BUTTONS MULTIFUNCTION Setup menu


DISPLAY/RECONFIGURABLE KNOWING
MULTIFUNCTION DISPLAY fig. 23 – within the menu, they scroll up and down; YOUR
– during setting operations they allow an increase or de- VEHICLE
+ To scroll the displayed menu and the related op-
crease in value.
tions upwards or to increase the displayed value.
MENU Press briefly to access the menu and/or SAFETY
ESC go to the next screen or confirm your choice.
Hold down to go back to the standard screen.
STARTING
– To scroll the displayed menu and the related options AND DRIVING
downwards or to decrease the displayed value.
NB Buttons + and – activate different functions accord-
ing to the following situations: WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Adjusting the car’s interior lighting
– on the standard screen, they control instrument panel
brightness, the sound system and the automatic climate IN AN
control system. EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0019m
fig. 23
21
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 22

KNOWING
SETUP MENU Selecting an option from the main menu with a submenu:
YOUR (multifunction display/ – Briefly press the MENU ESC button to display the first
VEHICLE reconfigurable multifunction display) submenu option;
– Press + or – (with single presses) to scroll all the sub-
The menu comprises a series of functions arranged in a menu options;
SAFETY circle which can be selected through the + and – buttons
to access the different operations and settings described – Briefly press the MENU ESC button to select the dis-
in the following paragraphs. A submenu is provided for played submenu option and to open the relevant setup
some items (clock and unit setting). menu;
STARTING
AND DRIVING The setup menu can be activated by pressing the MENU – Press + or – (with single presses) to select the new set-
ESC button briefly. ting for this submenu option;
Press buttons + and – to scroll the setup menu options. – Briefly press the MENU ESC button to store the new
WARNING LIGHTS setting and go back to the previous menu option.
AND MESSAGES Management modes differ from each other according to
the option selected. Selecting “Date” and “Set time”:
Selecting an option from the main menu without a submenu – Briefly press MENU ESC to select the first value to
IN AN change (e.g. hours/minutes or year/month/day);
– Briefly press MENU ESC to select the main menu option
EMERGENCY you wish to set; – Press + or – (with single presses) to select the new set-
ting;
– Press + or – (with single presses) to select the new set-
ting; – Briefly press MENU ESC to store the new setting and
SERVICING go to the next setup menu option; if this is the last one
AND CARE – briefly press the MENU ESC button to store the new you will go back to the previous menu option.
setting and to go back to the main menu option selected
previously.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

22
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 23

Hold down the MENU ESC button: The menu consists of the following items:
KNOWING
– to quit the setup menu if you are in the main menu; – MENU YOUR
– to quit the main menu if you are in another point of the – SPEED BEEP VEHICLE
menu (e.g. at submenu option setting level, at submenu lev-
el or at main menu option setting level); – CORNER LIGHTS
(for versions/markets where provided) SAFETY
– to save only the settings already stored (and confirmed
by pressing the MENU ESC button). – RAIN SENSOR
(for versions/markets where provided)
The setup menu environment is timed. Only the changes STARTING
saved by the user (having been confirmed by briefly press- – TRIP B ACTIVATION/DATA
AND DRIVING
ing MENU ESC) will be stored when the menu is auto- – SET TIME
matically closed.
– SET DATE
– FIRST PAGE (for versions/markets where provided) WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
– SEE RADIO
– AUTOCLOSE
IN AN
– UNITS OF MEASUREMENT EMERGENCY
– LANGUAGE
– WARNING VOLUME
SERVICING
– BUTTON VOLUME AND CARE
– SEAT BELT BEEP/BUZZ
– SERVICE TECHNICAL
– AIRBAG/PASSENGER BAG SPECIFICATIONS
– DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS
– EXIT MENU CONTENTS

F0U0019m
fig. 27
23
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 24

KNOWING
DISPLAY FUNCTIONS NB You can select a speed between 30 and 200 km/h,
(see multifunction display or 20 and 125 mph depending on the selected unit, see
YOUR “Setting measurement unit (Unit)”. The setting will in-
VEHICLE or reconfigurable multifunction crease/decrease by five units each time + / – is pressed.
display) Hold down +/– to increase/decrease the setting rapidly.
Complete the setting with single presses of the button
SAFETY when you approach the required setting.
SPEED BEEP
(Setting the speed limit) – briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the
menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the
STARTING This function is used to set the car speed limit (km/h or standard screen without saving.
AND DRIVING mph); the driver is immediately alerted when this limit is
exceeded (see section “Warning lights and messages”). To cancel the setting, proceed as follows:
To set the desired speed limit, proceed as follows: – press the MENU ESC button briefly to make the dis-
WARNING LIGHTS play flash (On);
– briefly press the MENU ESC button: the display will show
AND MESSAGES the words (Speed Beep); – press –: (Off) will flash on the display;
– press + or – to select speed limit activation (On) or – briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the
IN AN deactivation (Off); menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the
EMERGENCY standard screen without saving.
– when the function has been activated (On) by pressing
buttons + or –, select the speed limit and press MENU
ESC to confirm selection.
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

24
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 25

CORNER LIGHTS RAIN SENSOR


(activation/deactivation of corner lights – fog (Adjusting sensitivity) KNOWING
lights with cornering function) (for versions/markets where provided) YOUR
(for versions/markets where provided) VEHICLE
This function allows you to adjust the rain sensor sensi-
This function activates/deactivates the corner lights. To ac- tivity over 4 levels.
tivate/deactivate (ON/OFF) the lights, proceed as follows: SAFETY
To set the required sensitivity level, proceed as follows:
– press the MENU ESC button briefly: the display will show
“On” or “Off” flashing depending on the previous setting; – briefly press MENU ESC: the previously set sensitivity
level will flash on the display;
– press + or – to make your choice; STARTING
– press + or – to set the value;
– briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the AND DRIVING
menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the – briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the
standard screen without saving. menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the
standard screen without saving.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

25
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 26

TRIP B ACTIVATION/DATA SET TIME


KNOWING (Trip B enablement) (Setting the clock)
YOUR
VEHICLE This function may be used to activate (On) or deactivate This function allows you to set the clock through two sub-
(Off) the Trip B display (partial trip). menus: “Time” and “Mode”.
For more information see the “Trip computer” section. To carry out the adjustment, proceed as follows:
SAFETY – briefly press MENU ESC: the display will show the two
For activation/deactivation, proceed as follows:
submenus “Time” and “Mode”;
– briefly press MENU ESC: On or Off will flash on the dis-
play (depending on previous setting); – press + or – to switch between the two sub-menus;
STARTING – once you have selected a submenu, press MENU ESC
AND DRIVING – press + or – to make your choice;
briefly;
– briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the
menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the – if selecting “Time”, briefly press MENU ESC – the “hours”
standard screen without saving. will flash on the display;
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES – press + or – to set the value;
– briefly press MENU ESC: the “minutes” will flash on the
display;
IN AN – press + or – to set the value;
EMERGENCY – if selecting “Mode”, briefly press MENU ESC: the mode
will flash on the display;
– press + or – to select “24h” or “12h”.
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

26
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 27

When you have made the required adjustments, briefly NB Each time the + or – buttons are pressed there is an
press button MENU ESC to go back to the submenu increase or decrease of one unit. Hold the button down KNOWING
screen or hold the button down to go back to the main to increase/decrease the setting rapidly. Complete the set- YOUR
menu screen without saving. ting with single presses of the button when you approach VEHICLE
the required setting.
– hold down MENU ESC again to go back to the standard
screen or main menu, depending on which point in the – briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the SAFETY
menu you have reached. menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the
standard screen without saving.
Set date
(Setting the date) FIRST PAGE STARTING
(information displayed on the main screen) AND DRIVING
Using this function it is possible to change the date (day –
month – year). (for versions/markets where available)
To update, proceed as follows: This function allows you to choose the information you WARNING LIGHTS
would like to see on the main screen. You can choose AND MESSAGES
– briefly press MENU ESC: the day (dd) will flash on the to display the date or the turbocharger boost pressure.
display;
To make your choice, proceed as follows:
– press + or – to set the value; IN AN
– briefly press MENU ESC: “First page” will appear on
– briefly press MENU ESC: the month (mm) will flash on the display; EMERGENCY
the display;
– briefly press MENU ESC again to show the display op-
– press + or – to set the value; tions: “Date” and “Engine info”; SERVICING
– briefly press MENU ESC: the year (yyyy) will flash on the – press + or – to select the information you wish to see AND CARE
display; on the main page of the display;
– press the+ oppure – button to make the adjustment.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

27
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 28

– briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the AUTOCLOSE


KNOWING menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the (Automatic central locking with car moving)
YOUR standard screen without saving.
VEHICLE When activated (On), this function automatically locks the
When the key is turned to MAR and the initial check stage doors when the car speed exceeds 20 km/h.
is over, the display will show the information selected via
the “First page” menu function. To activate (On) or deactivate (Off) this function, proceed
SAFETY as follows:
SEE RADIO – press the MENU ESC button briefly: the display will show
(Relaying audio information) a submenu;
STARTING
AND DRIVING With this function the display shows information relevant – briefly press MENU ESC: On or Off will flash on the dis-
to the sound system. play (depending on previous setting);
– Radio: selected radio station frequency or RDS message, – press + or – to make your choice;
WARNING LIGHTS automatic tuning activation or AutoSTore; – briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the
AND MESSAGES submenu screen or hold the button down to go back to
– CD, MP3: track number;
the main menu screen without saving;
– CD Changer: CD number and track number;
IN AN – hold down MENU ESC again to go back to the standard
To show the sound system information in the display (On) screen or main menu, depending on which point in the
EMERGENCY or clear it (Off), proceed as follows: menu you have reached.
– briefly press MENU ESC: On or Off will flash on the dis-
SERVICING play (depending on previous setting);
AND CARE – press + or – to make your choice;
– briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the
TECHNICAL menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the
SPECIFICATIONS standard screen without saving.

CONTENTS

28
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 29

MEASUREMENT UNITS If the distance unit set is “mi” the fuel consumption unit
(Setting measurement units) will be displayed in “mpg”. KNOWING
YOUR
With this function it is possible to set the measurement – press + or – to make your choice; VEHICLE
units through three sub-menus: “Distance”, “Consump-
tion” and “Temperature”. – if selecting “Temperature”: briefly press MENU ESC and
the display will show “°C” or “°F” (depending on the pre-
To set the desired measurement unit, proceed as follows: vious setting); SAFETY
– briefly press MENU ESC to display the three submenus; – press + or – to make your choice.
– press + or – to switch between the three sub-menus; When you have made the required adjustments, briefly STARTING
press MENU ESC to go back to the submenu screen or AND DRIVING
– once the submenu to be modified has been selected, briefly hold the button down to go back to the main menu screen
press the MENU ESC button; without saving.
– if selecting “Distance”: briefly press MENU ESC and the
display will show “km” or “mi” (depending on the previ-
– hold down MENU ESC again to go back to the standard WARNING LIGHTS
ous setting);
screen or main menu, depending on which point in the AND MESSAGES
menu you have reached.
– press + or – to make your choice;
– if selecting “Consumption”: briefly press MENU ESC and IN AN
the display will show “km/l”, “l/100km” or “mpg” (de- EMERGENCY
pending on the previous setting);
If the set distance unit is “km”, you can set the fuel con-
sumption unit to km/l or l/100km depending on the SERVICING
amount of fuel consumed. AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

29
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 30

LANGUAGE WARNING VOLUME


KNOWING (Selecting language) (Adjusting the failure/warning buzzer volume)
YOUR
VEHICLE Display messages can be shown in different languages: Ital- This function allows the volume of the buzzer which ac-
ian, German, English, Spanish, French, Portuguese, Polish, companies the display of failures/warnings to be adjusted
Dutch and Turkish. (over 8 levels).
SAFETY To set the required language, proceed as follows: To set the desired volume, proceed as follows:
– briefly press MENU ESC: the previously set language will – briefly press MENU ESC: the previously set volume lev-
flash on the display; el will flash on the display;
STARTING
AND DRIVING – press + or – to make your choice; – press + or – to set the value;
– briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the – briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the
menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the
WARNING LIGHTS standard screen without saving. standard screen without saving.
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

30
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 31

BUTTON VOLUME SERVICE


(Adjusting the button volume) (Scheduled servicing) KNOWING
YOUR
This function may be used to adjust (over 8 levels) the vol- Through this function it is possible to display information VEHICLE
ume of the noise made when the MENU ESC, + e – but- related to regular scheduling intervals.
tons are pressed.
This information can be consulted as follows:
To set the desired volume, proceed as follows: SAFETY
– briefly press MENU ESC: service intervals in km or mi,
– briefly press MENU ESC: the previously set volume lev- depending on the previous setting, will be displayed (see
el will flash on the display; “Measurement units”);
STARTING
– press + or – to set the value; – press the MENU ESC button briefly to return to the AND DRIVING
menu screen or hold the button down to return to the
– briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the standard screen.
menu screen or hold the button down to go back to the
standard screen without saving. NB The “Scheduled Servicing Plan” requires the vehicle WARNING LIGHTS
to be serviced every 30,000 km (or 18,000 mi) for petrol AND MESSAGES
SEAT BELT BUZZ Euro 4 / Euro 5 and Diesel Euro 4 versions and every
(SBR buzzer reactivation 35,000 km (or 21,000 mi) for Diesel Euro 5 versions.
(for versions/markets where provided) This indication will appear automatically, with the key at IN AN
MAR, starting from 2,000 km (or 1,240 mi) and will be dis- EMERGENCY
This function can be displayed only after a Fiat Dealer- played every 200 km (or 124 mi).
ship has deactivated the SBR system (see “SBR system”
in the “Safety” section). Below 200 km the signals become more frequent. The in-
dication will appear in kilometres or miles depending on SERVICING
the unit of measurement settings. When the next sched- AND CARE
uled service is approaching, the message “Service” will ap-
pear on the display, followed by the number of kilometres
or miles left, when the key is turned to MAR. Go to a Fi- TECHNICAL
at Dealership, where the “Scheduled Servicing Plan” op- SPECIFICATIONS
erations will be performed and the message will be reset.

CONTENTS

31
001-032 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 15:32 Pagina 32

AIRBAG/PASSENGER BAG DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (D.R.L.)


KNOWING (Passenger front and side airbag (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR activation/deactivation)
VEHICLE (side-bag for versions/markets where available) This function allows you to activate/deactivate the daytime
running lights.
This function is used to activate/deactivate the front pas-
senger’s air bag. Proceed as follows to switch this function on or off:
SAFETY
Proceed as follows: – press the MENU ESC button briefly: the display will show
a submenu;
❒ press MENU ESC and, after the message BAG P Off (to
STARTING deactivate) or BAG P On (to activate) is displayed by – press the MENU ESC button briefly, the display will show
AND DRIVING pressing buttons + or –, press MENU ESC again; On or Off flashing depending on the previous setting;

❒ the display will show the confirmation request message; – press + or – to change the setting;

❒ press + or – to select either Yes (to confirm activa- – briefly press the MENU ESC button to go back to the
WARNING LIGHTS submenu screen or hold the button down to go back to
AND MESSAGES tion/deactivation) or No (to abort);
the main menu screen without saving;
❒ briefly press MENU ESC to confirm setting and go back
to the menu screen or hold the button down to go back – hold down MENU ESC again to go back to the standard
IN AN to the standard screen without saving. screen or main menu, depending on which point in the
EMERGENCY menu you have reached.

EXIT MENU
SERVICING This function closes the cycle of settings listed in the menu
AND CARE screen.
Briefly press MENU ESC to go back to the standard screen
without saving.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS Press – to return to the first menu option (Speed Beep).

CONTENTS

32
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 33

TRIP COMPUTER Values displayed


KNOWING
Outside temperature YOUR
Introduction Indicates the temperature outside the vehicle passenger VEHICLE
The Trip computer is used to display information on car compartment.
operation when the key is turned to MAR. This function Range
allows you to define two separate trips, called “Trip A” SAFETY
and “Trip B”, for monitoring the car’s “complete mission” This indicates the approximate distance that may be trav-
(journey) in a reciprocally independent manner. elled with the fuel remaining in the tank, assuming that dri-
Both functions can be reset (reset – start of a new jour- ving conditions do not change. The display will show the STARTING
ney). reading “----” when the following events take place: AND DRIVING
“Trip A” is used to display the figures relating to: – value lower than 50 km (or 30 mi)
– Outside temperature – car left parked with engine running for a long time.
– Range Distance travelled WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
– Distance travelled This value shows the distance covered from the start of
– Average consumption the new journey.
– Current consumption Average consumption IN AN
– Average speed EMERGENCY
This value shows the approximate average fuel consump-
– Journey time (driving time). tion from the start of the new journey.
“Trip B”, available on multifunction display only, is used to Current consumption SERVICING
display the figures relating to: AND CARE
Indicates the fuel consumption. The value is constantly up-
– Distance travelled B dated. The message “----” will appear on the display if the
– Average consumption B car is parked with the engine running.
– Average speed B TECHNICAL
Average speed SPECIFICATIONS
– Travel time B (driving time).
This value shows the car’s average speed based on the
NB “Trip B” functions may be excluded (see “Trip B on”). overall time elapsed since the start of the new journey.
“Range” and “Instant consumption” parameters cannot be
reset. CONTENTS

33
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 34

Journey time New journey


KNOWING
YOUR This value shows the time elapsed since the start of the The new journey begins after:
VEHICLE new journey.
– “manual” resetting by the user, by pressing the relevant
IMPORTANT If information is not available, the message button;
“----” will appear instead of the Trip Computer values.
SAFETY Counting of the different values will resume regularly when – “automatic” resetting, when the distance travelled reach-
normal operation is restored. This will not reset any of the es 99,999.9 km or when the journey time reaches 99.59
values displayed before the failure nor start a new jour- (99 hours and 59 minutes);
STARTING ney. – disconnection and subsequent reconnection of the bat-
AND DRIVING tery.
TRIP control button fig. 28
IMPORTANT The reset operation when “Trip A” details
The TRIP button, located on the top of the right steering are being displayed resets only the information associat-
WARNING LIGHTS column stalk, is used (with ignition at MAR) to display and ed with this function.
AND MESSAGES reset the previous values to start a new journey:
IMPORTANT The reset operation when “Trip B” details
– press briefly to display the different values; are being displayed resets only the information associat-
ed with this function.
IN AN – hold down to reset and then start a new journey.
EMERGENCY Start trip procedure
With the ignition key in the MAR position, reset by press-
ing the TRIP button and keeping it pressed for more than
SERVICING 2 seconds.
AND CARE
Trip Exit
TECHNICAL To quit the Trip function: keep MENU ESC pressed for
SPECIFICATIONS over 2 seconds.

CONTENTS

F0U0656m
fig. 28
34
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 35

FRONTSEATS WARNING KNOWING


After releasing the adjustment lever, al- YOUR
ways check that the seat is locked on the VEHICLE
WARNING guides by trying to move it back and forth. If it is
Any adjustments should be carried out on- not locked, the seat may move unexpectedly and
ly when the vehicle is stationary. make you lose control of the car. SAFETY

The fabric covers on your vehicle have been Height adjustment fig. 29
designed to resist normal wear and tear. STARTING
(for versions/markets where provided) AND DRIVING
Some precautions are however needed.
Avoid prolonged rubbing against clothing acces- Move lever B upwards or downwards to achieve the re-
sories, such as metal buckles, bosses, Velcro strips quired height.
and the like, which by applying a high pressure on WARNING LIGHTS
IMPORTANT Adjustment must be carried out only when AND MESSAGES
the fabric in a small area could cause the break- seated in the relevant seat.
age of some threads and damage the upholstery.
Backrest angle adjustment fig. 29
IN AN
Turn knob C. EMERGENCY

Horiziontal adjustment fig. 29 SERVICING


AND CARE
Lift the lever A and push the seat forwards or backwards:
in the driving position your arms should rest on the rim
of the steering wheel.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0023m
fig. 29
35
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 36

KNOWING WARNING WARNING


YOUR For maximum protection, keep the back Always check that the seat is properly
VEHICLE of your seat upright, lean back into it and locked on the guides by trying to push it
make sure the seat belt fits closely across your backwards and forwards.
chest and hips.
SAFETY

Folding down the backrest (3-door versions) Electric lumbar support adjustment fig. 31
STARTING fig. 30 (for versions/markets where available)
AND DRIVING To access the rear seats, pull handle A upwards: the back- To adjust the support for your back, use controls E.
rest will fold forwards and the seat will slide forwards when
you push the backrest.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES When you put the backrest back up, the seat will return
to its original position (mechanical memory).

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0024m F0U0025m
fig. 30 fig. 31
36
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 37

Heated seats fig. 32 REAR SEATS KNOWING


(for versions/markets where available)
To fold the rear seats, refer to the “Extending the boot” YOUR
With the key turned to MAR, press button F to switch the
paragraph in this section. VEHICLE
function on/off. When the function is enabled, the LED on
the button turns on.
SAFETY

The fabric upholstery of your car is designed


to withstand normal wear and tear for STARTING
a long time. Some precautions are howev- AND DRIVING
er needed. Avoid prolonged rubbing against cloth-
ing accessories, such as metal buckles, bosses,
Velcro strips and the like, which by applying a high WARNING LIGHTS
pressure on the fabric in a small area could cause AND MESSAGES
the breakage of some threads and damage the up-
holstery.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0026m
fig. 32
37
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 38

KNOWING
HEAD RESTRAINTS To make the best use of the head restraint protection, ad-
just the backrest to keep a straight back, with the head
YOUR as close as possible to its restraint.
VEHICLE FRONT HEAD RESTRAINTS fig. 33
On certain versions the head restraints are adjustable in
height and they lock automatically in the required position.
SAFETY WARNING
To adjust head restraints, proceed as follows:
Head restraints must be adjusted so that
❒ upwards adjustment: lift the head restraint until it locks. the head, rather than the neck, rests on
STARTING ❒ downwards adjustment: press the button A and lower them. Only then can they protect your head cor-
AND DRIVING the head restraint. rectly.
To extract the front head restraints press buttons A and
B simultaneously and release them upwards.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0027m
fig. 33
38
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 39

REAR HEAD RESTRAINTS fig. 34 STEERING WHEEL KNOWING


(for versions/markets where provided)
The driver can adjust the height and axial position of the YOUR
To move the head restraint upwards, raise it until hear-
steering wheel. VEHICLE
ing the click (position of use).
To bring it back to the position of non-use, press button To carry out the adjustment, proceed as follows:
A and push the head restraint down into the back rest. ❒ release lever A-fig. 35 by pushing it forwards (position 1); SAFETY
To extract the rear head restraints press buttons A and ❒ adjust the steering wheel;
B simultaneously and release them upwards.
❒ lock lever A by pulling it towards the steering wheel (po- STARTING
IMPORTANT When the rear seats are in use, the head sition 2). AND DRIVING
restraints must always be in the position of use.

WARNING WARNING LIGHTS


Any adjustment of the steering wheel po- AND MESSAGES
sition must be carried out only with the car
stationary and the engine turned off.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0028m F0U0652m
fig. 34 fig. 35
39
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 40

KNOWING WARNING MIRRORS


YOUR It is absolutely forbidden to carry out any
VEHICLE after-market operation involving steering REAR-VIEW MIRROR fig. 36
system or steering column modifications (e.g. in-
stalling an anti-theft device) that could badly af- The mirror is fitted with a safety device that causes its re-
fect performance and safety, invalidate the war- lease in the event of a violent impact with the passenger.
SAFETY
ranty and also result in the car failing to comply Lever A can be used to move the mirror to two different
with regulations. positions: normal or antiglare.
STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0030m
fig. 36
40
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 41

ELECTROCHROMIC REAR-VIEW MIRROR WING MIRRORS


fig. 37 KNOWING
(for versions/markets where provided) Adjustment fig. 38 YOUR
VEHICLE
Some versions have an electrochromic mirror with auto- This operation is possible only with the key turned to
matic antiglare function. MAR.
When the function is active, LED A on the mirror is lit. To carry out the adjustment, proceed as follows: SAFETY
❒ use switch B to select the required mirror (left or right);
❒ to adjust the mirror, move switch C in the four direc- STARTING
tions. AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0342m F0U0032m
fig. 37 fig. 38
41
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 42

Folding Defrosting/demisting
KNOWING (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR When required (for example when the shape causes dif-
VEHICLE ficulty in narrow spaces), it is possible to fold the mirrors The mirrors are fitted with resistors that are activated
by moving them from position 1-fig. 39 to position 2. when the heated rear windscreen is turned on (by press-
ing button ().
SAFETY IMPORTANT This function is timed and it will turn off au-
tomatically after a few minutes.

STARTING When driving, the mirrors should always be


AND DRIVING in position 1-fig. 39.
WARNING
As the driver’s wing mirror is curved, it may
WARNING LIGHTS slightly alter the perception of distance.
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0033m
fig. 39
42
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 43

HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEM KNOWING


YOUR
F0U0034m VEHICLE

SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
fig. 40

1. Fixed upper vent - 2. Adjustable central vents - 3. Fixed side vents - 4. Adjustable side vents - 5. Lower vents for front CONTENTS
seats - 6. Lower vents for rear seats.
43
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 44

ADJUSTABLE SIDE AND CONTROLS fig. 44


KNOWING CENTRE VENTS fig. 41-42-43
YOUR Knob A regulates the air temperature
VEHICLE A Fixed vent for side windows.
(mixing hot and cold air)
B Adjustable side vents.
Red section = hot air
SAFETY C Adjustable centre vents. Blue section = cold air
Vents A are fixed.
To use vents B and C, adjust them as required.
STARTING
AND DRIVING OPENING/CLOSING THE VENTS
To open/close the air vents, move the wheel fig. 42.
WARNING LIGHTS ç = vents closed
AND MESSAGES å = vents open

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0036m
fig. 42
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0035m F0U0271m
fig. 41 fig. 43
44
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 45

Knob B activates/adjusts the fan Knob C adjusts air distribution


KNOWING
p 0 = fan off ¶ to direct air to the centre and side vents; YOUR
1-2-3 = fan speed VEHICLE
ß to send air to the feet and direct cooler air to the
dashboard vents, in intermediate temperature con-
4 - = max. fan speed ditions;
SAFETY
© for heating when the outside temperature is very low:
to direct as much air as possible to the feet;
® to warm the feet and, at the same time, demist the STARTING
windscreen; AND DRIVING
- for quick windscreen demisting.

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Button D turns air recirculation on/off
Press the button (button LED on) to turn the air internal IN AN
recirculation on. EMERGENCY
Press the button (button LED off) to turn air internal re-
circulation off.
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0M0037m
fig. 44
45
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 46

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT VENTILATION Then use the controls to keep the required comfort con-
KNOWING ditions and press button D to turn air recirculation off (but-
YOUR To ventilate the passenger compartment properly, pro- ton LED off) and prevent misting up.
VEHICLE ceed as follows:
IMPORTANT With a cold engine, you have to wait for
❒ turn knob A to blue section; a few minutes to let the system fluid reach optimum op-
SAFETY ❒ turn air recirculation off by pressing button D (button erating temperature.
LED off);
FRONT WINDOWS FAST
❒ turn knob C to ¶; DEMISTING/DEFROSTING
STARTING ❒ turn knob B to the required speed. (WINDSCREEN AND SIDE WINDOWS)
AND DRIVING
Proceed as follows:
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT HEATING
❒ turn knob A to red section;
Proceed as follows:
WARNING LIGHTS ❒ turn air recirculation off by pressing button D (button
AND MESSAGES ❒ turn knob A to red section; LED off);
❒ turn knob C to the required position; ❒ turn knob C to -;
IN AN ❒ turn knob B to the required speed. ❒ rotate knob B to 4 -(max. fan speed).
EMERGENCY
RAPID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT After demisting/defrosting, operate the controls to restore
HEATING the required comfort conditions.
SERVICING For the rapid heating of the passenger compartment, pro- Window demisting
AND CARE ceed as follows:
In the event of considerable external moisture and/or rain
❒ turn knob A to red section; and/or large differences in temperature inside and outside
TECHNICAL ❒ turn air recirculation on by pressing button D (button the passenger compartment, perform the following pre-
SPECIFICATIONS LED on); ventive window demisting procedure:
❒ turn knob C to ©; ❒ turn knob A to red section;
❒ rotate knob B to 4 -(max. fan speed). ❒ turn air recirculation off by pressing button D (button
CONTENTS LED off);

46
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 47

❒ turn knob C to - or to position ® if the windows INTERNAL air internal recirculation


do not demist; ACTIVATION KNOWING
YOUR
❒ turn knob B to 2nd speed. Press • so that the button LED is on. VEHICLE
It is advisable to switch the internal air internal recircula-
HEATED REAR tion on while standing in queues or in tunnels to prevent
WINDSCREEN AND WING MIRRORS the introduction of polluted air. Do not use the function SAFETY
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING fig. 45 for a long time, particularly if there are many passengers
(for versions/markets where provided) on board, to prevent the windows from misting up.
Press the button A to activate this function; once enabled, IMPORTANT The air recirculation system makes it pos- STARTING
the light on the button comes on. sible to reach the required heating or cooling conditions AND DRIVING
This function is timed and will turn off automatically after faster.
20 minutes. Press button A again to switch the function off. Do not use the air internal recirculation function on
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on the inside of the rainy/cold days as it would considerably increase the pos- WARNING LIGHTS
rear window over the heating filaments to avoid damage sibility of the windows misting up. AND MESSAGES
that might cause it to stop working properly.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0038m
fig. 45
47
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 48

KNOWING
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL Knob B activates/adjusts the fan
YOUR (for versions/markets where provided) p 0 = fan off
VEHICLE 1-2-3 = fan speed
CONTROLS fig. 46
4 - = max. fan speed
SAFETY Knob A regulates the air temperature
(mixing hot and cold air)
Red section = hot air Knob C adjusts air distribution
STARTING
AND DRIVING Blue section = cold air ¶ to direct air to the centre and side vents;
ß to send air to the feet and direct cooler air to the
dashboard vents, in intermediate temperature con-
WARNING LIGHTS ditions;
AND MESSAGES © for heating when the outside temperature is very low:
to direct as much air as possible to the feet;
IN AN ® to warm the feet and, at the same time, demist the
EMERGENCY windscreen;
- for quick windscreen demisting.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0M0039m
fig. 46
48
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 49

Button D turns air recirculation on/off CLIMATE CONTROL (cooling)


KNOWING
Press the button (button LED on) to turn the air internal For fast cooling of the passenger compartment, proceed YOUR
recirculation on. as follows: VEHICLE
Press the button again (button LED off) to turn the air ❒ turn knob A to blue section;
internal recirculation off.
❒ turn air recirculation on by pressing button D (button SAFETY
LED on);
Button E turns climate control system on/off
❒ turn knob C to ¶;
Press the button (button LED on) to turn the climate con-
trol system on. ❒ press button E to turn the climate control system on; STARTING
the LED on the button will come on; AND DRIVING
Press the button again (button LED off) to turn the climate
control system off. ❒ rotate knob B to 4 - (max. fan speed).

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT VENTILATION Cooling adjustment WARNING LIGHTS


AND MESSAGES
To ventilate the passenger compartment properly, pro- ❒ turn knob A to the right to increase the temperature;
ceed as follows:
❒ turn air recirculation off by pressing button D (button
❒ turn knob A to blue section; LED off); IN AN
EMERGENCY
❒ turn air recirculation off by pressing button D (button ❒ turn the knob B to reduce the fan speed.
LED off);
❒ turn knob C to ¶; PASSENGER COMPARTMENT HEATING SERVICING
Proceed as follows: AND CARE
❒ turn knob B to the required speed.
❒ turn knob A to red section;
❒ turn knob C to the required symbol; TECHNICAL
❒ turn knob B to the required speed. SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

49
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 50

RAPID PASSENGER COMPARTMENT After demisting/defrosting, operate the controls to restore


KNOWING HEATING the required comfort conditions.
YOUR
VEHICLE For the rapid heating of the passenger compartment, pro- IMPORTANT The climate control system is very useful
ceed as follows: for faster demisting because it dries the air. Adjust the con-
trols as described above and press button E to switch the
❒ turn knob A to red section; climate control system on; the LED on the button will light
SAFETY
❒ turn air recirculation on by pressing button D (button up.
LED on);
Window demisting
STARTING ❒ turn knob C to ©;
In the event of considerable external moisture and/or rain
AND DRIVING ❒ rotate knob B to 4 -(max. fan speed). and/or large differences in temperature inside and outside
Then use the controls to keep the required comfort con- the passenger compartment, perform the following pre-
ditions and press button D to turn air recirculation off (but- ventive window demisting procedure:
WARNING LIGHTS ton LED off).
AND MESSAGES ❒ turn knob A to red section;
IMPORTANT With the engine cold you have to wait for ❒ turn air recirculation off by pressing button D so the
a few minutes to let the system fluid reach the optimum button LED goes out;
IN AN operating temperature.
EMERGENCY ❒ turn knob C to - or to position ® if the windows
FRONT WINDOWS FAST do not demist;
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING ❒ turn knob B to 2nd speed.
(WINDSCREEN AND SIDE WINDOWS)
SERVICING IMPORTANT The climate control system is very useful to
AND CARE Proceed as follows: prevent the windows misting up in the presence of high
❒ turn knob A to red section; humidity since it dries the air introduced into the passen-
ger compartment.
TECHNICAL ❒ rotate knob B to 4 -(max. fan speed);
SPECIFICATIONS ❒ turn knob C to -;
❒ turn air recirculation off by pressing button D so the
button LED goes out.
CONTENTS

50
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 51

HEATED REAR INTERNAL AIR INTERNAL RECIRCULATION


WINDSCREEN AND WING MIRRORS ACTIVATION KNOWING
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING fig. 47 YOUR
(for versions/markets where provided) Press • so that the button LED is on. VEHICLE
Press the button A to activate this function; once enabled, It is advisable to switch the internal air internal recircula-
the light on the button comes on. tion on while standing in queues or in tunnels to prevent
the introduction of polluted air. Do not use the function SAFETY
This function is timed and will turn off automatically af- for a long time, particularly if there are many passengers
ter 20 minutes. Press button A again to switch the func- on board, to prevent the windows from misting up.
tion off. STARTING
IMPORTANT The air recirculation system makes it pos-
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on the inside of the sible to reach the required heating or cooling conditions AND DRIVING
rear window over the heating filaments to avoid damage faster.
that might cause it to stop working properly.
Do not use the air internal recirculation function on
rainy/cold days as it would considerably increase the pos- WARNING LIGHTS
sibility of the windows misting up. AND MESSAGES

IN AN
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE EMERGENCY
Run the climate control system for at least 10 minutes
every month during the winter. Have the system inspect-
ed at a Fiat Dealership before the summer. SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
The system uses R134a refrigerant fluid
which does not harm the environment in
the event of accidental leakage. Never use
R12 fluid which is not compatible with the system CONTENTS
components.
F0U0040m
fig. 47
51
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 52

KNOWING
TWO-ZONE CONTROLS fig. 48
YOUR AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL A climate control compressor on/off button
VEHICLE (for versions/markets where provided) B air recirculation on/off button
C climate control system information display
SAFETY DESCRIPTION
D button for activating the MAX-DEF function
The car is equipped with a two-zone climate control sys- (fast front window defrosting/demisting);
tem which allows you to adjust separately the air tem-
perature on the driver’s and the passenger’s side. E heated rear windscreen on/off button
STARTING
AND DRIVING F MONO function activation button (set temperature
alignment) and passenger side temperature adjustment
knob
WARNING LIGHTS G climate control on/off button
AND MESSAGES H fan speed increase/decrease
I air distribution selection buttons;
IN AN L AUTO function activation button
EMERGENCY (automatic operation) and driver side temperature
adjustment knob
M interior air temperature sensor
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0M0041m
fig. 48
52
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 53

SWITCHING ON THE CLIMATE CONTROL WARNING


SYSTEM KNOWING
It is advisable not to use the air recircula- YOUR
The system can be activated by pressing any of the but- tion function when the outside tempera- VEHICLE
tons; it is, however, advisable to set the desired temper- ture is low to prevent the windows from rapidly
atures on the display, then press the AUTO button. misting up.
The climate control system allows you to customise the SAFETY
temperatures (driver side and passenger side) with a max-
imum difference of 7°C.
The climate control system compressor works only with REGULATING THE FAN SPEED
the engine running and with an outside temperature of STARTING
above 4°C. Press button p to increase/decrease the fan speed. AND DRIVING
The 12 possible speeds are indicated by bars lighting up on
AUTOMATIC FUNCTION OF THE CLIMATE the display:
CONTROL SYSTEM (AUTO function) ❒ max fan speed = all bars lit; WARNING LIGHTS
Press the AUTO button; the system will automatically ad- AND MESSAGES
❒ min. fan speed = one bar lit.
just:
❒the amount of air introduced into the passenger com- The fan can be disabled (no bars lit) only if the climate con-
partment; trol compressor has been switched off by pressing but- IN AN
ton ❄. EMERGENCY
❒ the distribution of air inside the passenger compartment;
cancelling any previous manual settings. To restore automatic fan speed control after a manual ad-
justment, press AUTO.
During climate control system automatic operation, the SERVICING
words FULL AUTO appear on the display. RAPID FRONT WINDOWS DEMISTING/ AND CARE
During automatic operation it is still possible to adjust the DEFROSTING (MAX-DEF function)
set temperature and carry out the following operations
manually: Press button - to automatically activate the timed op- TECHNICAL
eration of all the functions required to rapidly SPECIFICATIONS
❒ adjust fan speed; demist/defrost the windscreen and front side windows.
❒ select air distribution;
❒ switch air recirculation on/off;
❒ switch on the climate control system compressor. CONTENTS

53
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 54

These functions are: ACTIVATION OF INTERIOR AIR


KNOWING RECIRCULATION
YOUR ❒ climate control compressor engagement (with an out-
VEHICLE side temperature above 4°C); Press button T.
❒ switching off, if previously on, of the interior air recir- Air recirculation is carried out according to two possible
culation (the LED on button T should be off); operating modes:
SAFETY
❒ switching on of heated rear windscreen (the LED on ❒ permanently off (air recirculation always off with intro-
button - should be on) and wing mirror heater coils; duction of external air), indicated by the LED on but-
ton T being off;
STARTING ❒ setting maximum air temperature;
❒ permanently on (air recirculation always on), signalled
AND DRIVING ❒ activation of air flow. by the LED on button T being lit up.
DEMISTING/DEFROSTING OF HEATED REAR When OFF is pressed, the climate control system auto-
WARNING LIGHTS WINDSCREEN AND WING MIRRORS matically activates air recirculation (the LED on button T
AND MESSAGES Press button ( to activate; when this function is on, the
should be on). It is still possible to activate outside air re-
circulation (LED on the button is off) and vice versa, by
button LED lights up. pressing button T.
IN AN This function is timed and will turn off automatically after IMPORTANT The air recirculation system makes it pos-
EMERGENCY 20 minutes. Press ( again to disable the function in ad- sible to reach the required heating or cooling conditions
vance. faster. It is not advisable to switch the air recirculation
IMPORTANT Do not apply stickers on the inside of the on when it is rainy/cold or the windows might mist up, es-
SERVICING rear window over the heating filaments to avoid damage pecially if the climate control is not turned on. It is advis-
AND CARE that might cause it to stop working properly. able to switch the internal air internal recirculation on
while standing in queues or in tunnels to prevent the in-
IMPORTANT Press T to introduce air from the out- troduction of polluted air. Do not use the function for
side (in this case the LED on the button should be off). a long time, particularly if there are many passengers on
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS board, to prevent the windows from misting up.

CONTENTS

54
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 55

SET TEMPERATURE ALIGNMENT With the climate control compressor switched off, air can-
(MONO function) not be introduced into the passenger compartment at a KNOWING
lower temperature than the outside; in this case the ò YOUR
Press the MONO button to align the temperature be- symbol on the display will flash. VEHICLE
tween the driver side and passenger side.
The deactivation of the climate control compressor is
Then turn the AUTO or MONO knob to in- memorized even after the engine has stopped. To turn the
crease/decrease the temperature between the two areas SAFETY
climate control compressor back on, press button ò once
by the same amount. again or press AUTO: if you press AUTO, the other man-
Press MONO again to deactivate the function. ual settings will be cancelled.
STARTING
CLIMATE CONTROL COMPRESSOR SETTING THE AIR DISTRIBUTION AND DRIVING
ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION Press one or more of buttons Q/E/Z to manually select
Press button ò to switch on the climate control system one of the 7 possible air distribution settings for the pas-
compressor. senger compartment: WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Compressor on Q Air flow to the windscreen and front side window
vents to demist/defrost them.
❒ the LED on button ò is lit up;
Z Air flow to the front and rear footwell vents. This IN AN
❒ symbol ò is shown on the display. air distribution warms up the passenger compart- EMERGENCY
Compressor off ment quickly.
❒ the LED on button ò is lit up; Q Air flow distribution between front and rear vents,
E SERVICING
❒ symbol ò is shown on the display. Z centre/side dashboard vents, rear vent and wind- AND CARE
screen and front side window demisting/defrosting
❒ internal air recirculation is prevented. vents.
E Air flow distribution to centre/side dashboard vents TECHNICAL
(passenger’s body). SPECIFICATIONS
Q Air flow distribution between the footwell
Z vents and the windscreen and front side window
demisting/defrosting vents. This distribution setting
allows warms up the passenger compartment and CONTENTS
prevents the windows from misting up.
55
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 56

ZE Air flow distribution between footwell vents (hot- ADDITIONAL HEATER


KNOWING ter air) and centre/side dashboard vents and rear (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR vent (cooler air).
VEHICLE This device warms up the passenger compartment more
EQ Air flow distribution between centre/side dash- quickly when it is very cold and the engine coolant tem-
board vents, rear vent and windscreen and front perature is low.
SAFETY side window demisting/defrosting vents. This dis-
tribution setting ventilates the passenger compart- In these conditions, the device comes on automatically
ment and prevents the windows from misting up. when the engine is started and the fan is on.

IMPORTANT For the climate control system to function, The additional heater turns off automatically after reach-
STARTING ing the required comfort conditions.
AND DRIVING at least one of the following buttons must be on: Q/E/Z.
The system does not allow all the buttons Q/E/Z to be IMPORTANT The heater will not turn on if the battery
switched off. voltage is too low.
WARNING LIGHTS IMPORTANT Push the OFF button to turn the climate
control system back on: in this way, all previously saved SWITCHING OFF THE CLIMATE CONTROL
AND MESSAGES SYSTEM
operating conditions are restored before switching off.
To restore automatic control of the air distribution after Press the OFF button.
IN AN a manual selection, press the AUTO button. The following information is shown on the display:
EMERGENCY
❒ the word OFF;
❒ outside temperature reading;
SERVICING ❒ indication that air recirculation is switched on (LED on
AND CARE button T is lit).

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

56
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 57

EXTERIOR LIGHTS DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS /


KNOWING
TAIL LIGHTS fig. 49
The left-hand stalk operates most of the external lights. YOUR
The ignition key has to be in the MAR position for the With the ignition key turned to MAR-ON, turn the twist VEHICLE
exterior lights to come on. The instrument panel and the switch to position 2. If dipped beams are activated, the
various controls on the dashboard will be lit up when the daytime lights go out and the side lights and dipped beams
exterior lights are switched on. come on. The warning light 3 the instrument panel SAFETY
comes on.
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (D.R.L.) fig. 49 When the ignition key is turned to MAR-ON, turning the
(for versions/markets where provided) twist switch from position O to position 6, the number STARTING
With the ignition key turned to MAR and the twist switch plate lights and DRL lights (where provided) come on un- AND DRIVING
turned to position O the daytime running lights are auto- less they are deactivated through the menu on the display.
matically activated; the other lights and interior lighting
remain off. The daytime running lights function can be
switched on/off using the display menus (see “Multifunction WARNING LIGHTS
display and reconfigurable multifunction display” in this sec- AND MESSAGES
tion). If the daytime running lights are deactivated, no light
comes on when the twist switch is turned to O.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

WARNING
SERVICING
The daytime running lights are an alterna- AND CARE
tive to the dipped beam headlights for dri-
ving during the daytime in countries where it is com-
pulsory to have lights on during the day, and they
are also permitted in those countries where this not TECHNICAL
obligatory. Daytime running lights cannot replace SPECIFICATIONS
dipped headlights when driving at night or through
tunnels. The use of daytime running lights is gov-
erned by the highway code of the country in which CONTENTS
you are driving. Keep to the rules.
F0U0630m
fig. 49
57
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 58

MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS fig. 49 DIRECTION INDICATORS fig. 50


KNOWING
YOUR When the twist switch is at 2, pull the stalk towards the Put the stalk in the permanent position:
VEHICLE steering wheel (2nd temporary position).
The warning light 1 on the instrument panel will come up (position 1): activates the right direction indicator;
on. down (position 2): activates the left direction indicator.
SAFETY To turn the main beams off, pull the stalk towards the Lights ¥ or Î will blink on the instrument panel. The in-
steering wheel again (dipped beams will come back on). dicators switch off automatically when the steering wheel
is straightened.
FLASHING fig. 49
STARTING
AND DRIVING Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel (1a temporary Lane change function
position) regardless of the position of the twist switch. The
warning light 1 on the instrument panel will come on. If you wish to signal a lane change, put the left stalk in the
temporary position for less than half a second. The direc-
WARNING LIGHTS PARKING LIGHTS fig. 49 tion indicator on the selected side flashes 5 times and then
AND MESSAGES switches off automatically.
When the ignition key is turned to STOP or removed,
turning the twist switch from position O to position 6,
IN AN the parking lights come on. The warning light 3 on the
EMERGENCY instrument panel comes on.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0631m
fig. 50
58
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 59

“FOLLOW ME HOME” DEVICE WINDOW CLEANING KNOWING


This will light up the space in front of the vehicle for
The right-hand lever fig. 51 controls windscreen wiper/ YOUR
a certain period of time.
washer and heated rear window wiper/washer operation. VEHICLE
Activation
WINDSCREEN WIPER/WASHER
With the key turned to STOP or removed, pull the left- SAFETY
hand stalk towards the steering wheel within 2 minutes This operates only with the ignition turned to MAR.
from when the engine is turned off. The twist switch on the right stalk can be moved to four
Each time the stalk is moved, the lights stay on for an ex- different positions: STARTING
tra 30 seconds up to a maximum of 210 seconds; then the AND DRIVING
lights are switched off automatically. O windscreen wiper off;
The warning light 3 on the instrument panel will light up ≤ intermittent operation;
and the corresponding message will appear in the display
(see “Warning lights and messages”) for as long as the func- ≥ continuous slow operation; WARNING LIGHTS
tion is activated. The light comes on when the stalk is first AND MESSAGES
¥ continuous fast operation.
moved and stays on until the function is automatically de-
activated. Each movement of the stalk increases only the Move the stalk to position A (temporary) to limit operation
amount of time the lights stay on. to the time for which the stalk is held in this position. IN AN
EMERGENCY
Deactivation
Keep the stalk pulled towards the steering wheel for more
than 2 seconds. SERVICING
AND CARE
FRONT FOG LIGHTS WITH CORNERING
LIGHTS FUNCTION
TECHNICAL
When the dipped headlamps are on and the speed is below SPECIFICATIONS
40 km/h, if the steering wheel rotation angle is large or the
direction indicators are on, a light (incorporated in the fog
light) will come on on the relevant side to improve visibility
at nightime. This function can be activated/deactivated via the CONTENTS
display menu (see “Display” in this section).
F0U0632m
fig. 51
59
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 60

When released, the stalk returns to its default position and RAIN SENSOR
KNOWING the wipers automatically switch off. (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR
VEHICLE With the twist switch at ≤, the windscreen wiper will The rain sensor is located behind the rear-view mirror in
automatically adapt to the speed of the car. contact with the windscreen and has the purpose of au-
tomatically adjusting the frequency of the windscreen wiper
IMPORTANT Replace the wiper blades as specified in the strokes depending on the intensity of the rain during in-
SAFETY “Maintenance and care” section. termittent operation.
IMPORTANT Keep the glass in the sensor area clean.
STARTING
AND DRIVING Activation
Do not use the windscreen wipers to re- Move the twist switch on the right-hand stalk to ≤ fig.
move layers of snow or ice from the wind- 51. The activation of the sensor is signalled by a wiper
WARNING LIGHTS screen. In such conditions, the windscreen stroke. Through the setup menu it is possible to increase
AND MESSAGES wipers may be subjected to excessive stress, the sensitivity of the rain sensor. The increasing of the rain
prompting intervention from the motor protection sensor sensitivity is also signalled by a stroke of the wipers.
which prevents operation for a few seconds. If op- If the windscreen washer is used with the rain sensor ac-
IN AN eration is not restored, even after turning the key tivated, the normal washing cycle is performed, after which
EMERGENCY and restarting the engine, go to a Fiat Dealership. the rain sensor resumes its normal automatic operation.

Deactivation
SERVICING “Smart washing” function Move the stalk twist switch away from ≤ fig. 51 or turn
AND CARE the ignition key to STOP. When the engine is next start-
Pull the stalk towards the steering wheel (temporary po- ed (key at MAR), the sensor will not be reactivated even
sition) to operate the windscreen washer. if the twist switch is still at ≤ fig. 51. To activate the rain
TECHNICAL Keeping the stalk pulled for more than half a second, with sensor, you have to move the twist switch from ≤ to an-
SPECIFICATIONS just one movement it is possible to operate the washer jet other position and then back to ≤. Rain sensor activa-
and the wiper at the same time. tion will be indicated by at least one wiper stroke, even if
the windscreen is dry.
The wiper stops working three strokes after releasing the
CONTENTS stalk. A further stroke 6 seconds later completes the wip-
ing operation.

60
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 61

The rain sensor is able to recognise, and automatically


adjust itself in the presence of, the following particular con-
Do not use the rear window wiper to re- KNOWING
ditions:
move layers of snow or ice. In such condi- YOUR
tions, the rear window wiper may be sub- VEHICLE
❒ impurities on the surface (salt, dirt, etc.); jected to excessive stress, prompting intervention
❒ difference between day and night. from the motor protection which prevents opera-
tion for a few seconds. If operation is not restored, SAFETY
IMPORTANT Streaks of water may cause the blades to even after turning the key and restarting the engine,
move unnecessarily. go to a Fiat Dealership.
REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER STARTING
This operates only with the ignition turned to MAR. The AND DRIVING
function stops when the stalk is released. Turning the twist
switch from O to ' will operate the rear window wiper
as follows: WARNING LIGHTS
❒ intermittent operation if the windscreen wiper is off; AND MESSAGES
❒ synchronised operation (but with half-stroke frequen-
cy) when the windscreen wiper is on;
❒ continuous operation with reverse engaged and func- IN AN
tion on. EMERGENCY
With the windscreen wiper on and reverse gear engaged,
rear window wiping will be continuous. SERVICING
Pushing the stalk towards the dashboard (temporary po- AND CARE
sition) will activate the rear window washer jet.
Keeping the stalk pushed for more than half a second will TECHNICAL
also activate the rear window wiper. SPECIFICATIONS
Releasing the stalk will activate the smart washing function,
as described for the windscreen wiper.
CONTENTS

61
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 62

CRUISE CONTROL ❒ move the stalk upwards (+) for at least one second, then
KNOWING release it. The car speed is now memorised and you can
YOUR (for versions/markets where provided)
therefore come off the accelerator pedal.
VEHICLE
This is an electronically controlled device which allows the If needed (when overtaking for instance), you can accel-
vehicle to be driven at a chosen speed above 30 km/h on erate simply by pressing the accelerator pedal; when you
SAFETY long stretches of dry, straight roads with few variations (e.g. come off the pedal, the car will return to the speed mem-
motorways), without having to press the accelerator ped- orised previously.
al. It is therefore not recommended to use this device on
country roads with traffic. Do not use it in town. RESTORING THE MEMORISED SPEED
STARTING
AND DRIVING ENGAGING THE DEVICE If the device has been switched off, for example by press-
ing the brake or clutch pedal, the memorised speed can
Turn twist switch A-fig. 52 to ON. be restored as follows:
WARNING LIGHTS The cruise control cannot be engaged in 1st or reverse ❒ accelerate gradually until reaching a speed approaching
AND MESSAGES gear. It is advisable to engage it in 4th gear or higher. the memorised speed;
When travelling downhill with the device engaged, the car ❒ engage the gear that was selected when you memorised
speed may slightly exceed the preset one. the speed;
IN AN When the device is activated, light Ü comes on together ❒ press button RES B-fig. 52.
EMERGENCY with the relevant message on the instrument panel (where
provided).

SETTING VEHICLE SPEED


SERVICING
AND CARE Proceed as follows:
❒ turn twist switch A-fig. 52 to ON and press the accel-
erator pedal until you reach the required speed;
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0633m
fig. 52
62
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 63

INCREASING THE MEMORISED SPEED ❒ pressing the clutch pedal;


KNOWING
This can be done in two ways: ❒ pressing the accelerator pedal; in this case, the system YOUR
is not really switched off but the request for accelera- VEHICLE
❒ by pressing the accelerator and then memorising the tion takes priority. The cruise control is, however, ac-
new speed reached; tive and you do not need to press button RES B-fig. 52
or to restore the previous conditions when you have fin-
ished accelerating. SAFETY
❒ moving the stalk upwards (+).
Each movement of the stalk will correspond to an increase The device is automatically switched off in the following
in speed of about 1 km/h, while keeping the stalk held up- cases:
STARTING
wards will continuously increase the speed. ❒ if the ABS or ESP systems cut in; AND DRIVING
❒ if the car speed drops below the preset limit;
REDUCING THE MEMORISED SPEED ❒ if there is a system failure.
This can be done in two ways: WARNING LIGHTS
❒ by turning the device off and then storing a new speed; AND MESSAGES
or
❒ by moving the stalk downwards (–) until reaching the WARNING IN AN
new speed which will be memorised automatically. While travelling with the device engaged, EMERGENCY
Each movement of the stalk will correspond to a reduc- do not put the gear lever into neutral.
tion in speed of about 1 km/h, while keeping the stalk held
downwards will continuously reduce the speed. SERVICING
AND CARE
DISENGAGING THE DEVICE WARNING
The device can be switched off by the driver in the fol- In case of malfunctioning or if the device
lowing ways: fails, turn twist switch A to OFF and con- TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
❒ turning twist switch A to OFF; tact a Fiat Dealership.
❒ switching off the engine;
❒ pressing the brake pedal;
CONTENTS

63
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 64

KNOWING
CEILING COURTESY LIGHTS The lights switch on/off gradually.
YOUR Switch B-fig, 54 controls the spot light function; when the
VEHICLE FRONT CEILING LIGHT WITH SPOT LIGHTS ceiling light is off, it switches the following on individually:
Switch A-fig. 54 switches the ceiling courtesy lights on/off. ❒ light C if pressed on the left side;
❒ light D if pressed on the right side.
SAFETY With switch A-fig. 54 in the centre, lights C and D come
on/go off when front doors are opened/closed. CAUTION Before getting out of the car, make sure both
switches are in the centre; when the doors are closed, the
With switch A-fig. 54 pressed to the left, lights C and D lights switch off to prevent the battery running down.
STARTING are always off.
AND DRIVING In any case, if the switch is left in on position, the courtesy
With switch A-fig. 54 pressed to the left, lights C and D light switches off automatically 15 minutes after the engine
are always on. switching off.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0049m
fig. 54
64
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 65

Courtesy light timing TIMED OPERATION FOR GETTING OUT OF THE VEHICLE
KNOWING
On certain versions, to facilitate getting in/out of the car After removing the key from the ignition, the courtesy YOUR
at night or in poorly-lit areas, two timed modes have been lights switch on according to the following modes: VEHICLE
provided. ❒ within 2 minutes from turning the engine off for about
TIMED OPERATION FOR GETTING INTO THE VEHICLE 10 seconds;
❒ when opening one of the side doors for about 3 min- SAFETY
The courtesy lights switch on according to the following utes;
modes:
❒ when one of the doors is closed for a period of about
❒ for about 10 seconds when unlocking the front doors; 10 seconds. STARTING
❒ for about 3 minutes when opening one of the side AND DRIVING
doors; Timing will stop automatically when the doors are locked.
❒ for about 10 seconds when closing the doors.
The timed period is interrupted when the ignition is turned WARNING LIGHTS
to MAR. AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

65
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 66

BOOT COURTESY LIGHT fig. 55 COURTESY LIGHT fig. 57


KNOWING (for versions/markets where provided) (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR
VEHICLE On versions where it is fitted, the light comes on auto- On some versions a courtesy light is fitted behind the pas-
matically when the boot is opened and goes out when it senger-side sun visor. Use button A-fig. 57 to turn the
is closed. light on/off.
SAFETY
PUDDLE LIGHTS fig. 56
(for versions/markets where provided)
STARTING These lights A are located in the doors and they turn on
AND DRIVING when the relevant door is opened, regardless of the igni-
tion key position.

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0052m
fig. 56
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0051m F0U0053m
fig. 55 fig. 57
66
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 67

CONTROLS PARKING LIGHTS


KNOWING
These lights can be turned on only with the ignition key YOUR
HAZARD WARNING LIGHTS fig. 58 at STOP or removed, by moving the left stalk twist switch VEHICLE
first to O and then to 6 or 2.
They are turned on by pressing switch A, regardless of the The 3 light on the instrument panel comes on.
position of the ignition key.
When the device is on, the lights Î and ¥ on the instru- SAFETY
FRONT FOG LIGHTS fig. 59
ment panel come on. (for versions/markets where provided)
Press the switch again to turn the lights off.
The use of hazard lights is governed by the highway code To turn the front fog lights on, press the button 5 with STARTING
of the country you are in. Keep to the rules. the side lights on. AND DRIVING
The 5 light on the instrument panel will come on.
Press the button again to turn the lights off.
Emergency braking The use of fog lights is governed by the highway code of
the country in which you are driving. Keep to the rules. WARNING LIGHTS
During emergency braking, the hazard warning lights come AND MESSAGES
on automatically and lights Î and ¥ on the panel also come
on. The function switches off automatically when the na-
ture of the braking changes. This function complies with IN AN
the relevant legal regulations currently in force. EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0054m F0U0055m
fig. 58 fig. 59
67
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 68

REAR FOG LIGHTS fig. 60 The use of rear fog lamps is governed by the Highway
KNOWING Code of the country you are in. Keep to the rules.
YOUR Press button 4 to turn these lights on with the dipped
VEHICLE beam headlights or the front fog lights (where provided)
DUALDRIVE ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
switched on.
The 4 light on the instrument panel will come on. SYSTEM fig. 61
SAFETY Press the button again to turn the lights off, or turn off the Press button A to activate the “CITY” function (see the
dipped beams and/or the front fog lights (where provid- “Electric power steering system” paragraph in this sec-
ed). tion). When the function is active, the word CITY is lit
up on the instrument panel. Press the button again to de-
STARTING activate the function.
AND DRIVING
HEATED REAR WINDOW fig. 62
Press button A to turn this function on. It will turn off
WARNING LIGHTS automatically after about 20 minutes.
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0056m
fig. 60
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0057m F0U0038m
fig. 61 fig. 62
68
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 69

DOOR LOCKING fig. 63 WARNING KNOWING


To lock all doors at the same time, press button A, located If, after a crash, you smell fuel or notice YOUR
on the centre console control panel, regardless of the po- leaks from the fuel system, do not reacti- VEHICLE
sition of the ignition key. vate the system to avoid the risk of fire.

FUEL CUT-OFF SYSTEM SAFETY


This system triggers after a collision and activates the fol- Door unlocking in the event of an accident
lowing:
❒ cut-off of fuel supply with consequent switching off of If the fuel cut-off system activates following an accident,
the doors will be automatically unlocked to allow access STARTING
the engine; AND DRIVING
❒ automatic door unlocking; to the passenger compartment and the ceiling lights will
❒ switching on of all interior lights. be switched on at the same time. The doors can always be
opened from the inside of the car by using the appropri-
The intervention of the system is indicated by a message ate controls. if no fuel leakage is found and the car is road- WARNING LIGHTS
shown on the display. Carefully check the car for fuel leaks, worthy, ensure the correct operation of the vehicle by ad- AND MESSAGES
for instance in the engine compartment, under the car or hering to the following instructions.
near the tank area. After a crash, turn the key to STOP
to avoid draining the battery. The following procedure should be carried out to restore
the correct operation of the vehicle: IN AN
EMERGENCY
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR;
❒ activate the right-hand indicator;
❒ deactivate the right-hand indicator; SERVICING
ASR
OFF ❒ activate the left-hand indicator; AND CARE
❒ deactivate the left-hand indicator;
❒ activate the right-hand indicator;
TECHNICAL
❒ deactivate the right-hand indicator; SPECIFICATIONS
❒ activate the left-hand indicator;
❒ deactivate the left-hand indicator;
❒ turn the key to STOP. CONTENTS

F0U0005m
fig. 63
69
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 70

KNOWING
INTERIOR FITTINGS COMPARTMENTS IN THE GLOVE BOX
YOUR Inside the glove compartment, for versions/markets
VEHICLE GLOVE COMPARTMENT fig. 64 where provided, there may be a card carrier A-fig. 65, a
pen holder B and a storage compartment C.
Use the handle A-fig. 64 to open the compartment.
The glove compartment features a document shelf.
SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0058m F0U0634m
fig. 64 fig. 65
70
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 71

SIDE ODDMENTS COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT IN CENTRAL CONSOLE


KNOWING
Storage compartment A-fig. 67 is located to the left of the Compartment A-fig. 68 is located on the central console YOUR
steering wheel. in front of the handbrake. VEHICLE
It is built into the dashboard.
To open and close the compartment, use handle B locat-
ed on the flap fig. 66. SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0060m
fig. 66
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0061m F0U0062m
fig. 67 fig. 68
71
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 72

FRONT ARMREST WITH STORAGE To bring this to the standard position of use, push it down
KNOWING COMPARTMENT as shown in fig. 69.
YOUR (for versions/markets where provided) Press button A-fig. 70 to raise the top of the armrest in
VEHICLE order to use storage compartment B. Use lever C to tilt
Certain versions are fitted with an armrest A-fig. 69 be- down the armrest with respect to its normal position.
tween the front seats.
SAFETY DOOR POCKETS fig. 71
There are document/map pockets and a bottle holder
built into each of the door panels.
STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0064m
fig. 69
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0065m F0U0063m
fig. 70 fig. 71
72
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 73

CAN HOLDERS fig. 72-73 CARD/TICKET HOLDERS fig. 74


KNOWING
There are two cup/can holders on the central console in The central console has slots where you can keep tele- YOUR
front of the handbrake and one behind it. phone cards, tickets, CDs etc. VEHICLE

SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0066m
fig. 72
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0067m F0U0068m
fig. 73 fig. 74
73
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 74

CIGARETTE LIGHTER fig. 75 ASHTRAY fig. 76-77


KNOWING (for versions/markets where provided) (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR
VEHICLE This is located on the central console in front of the hand- The ashtray is a removable plastic box that can be fitted
brake. Press button A to switch on the cigarette lighter into the cup/can holders on the central console.
when the ignition key is turned to MAR.
After about 15 seconds, the button will return to its orig- IMPORTANT Do not use the ashtray as a waste paper
SAFETY basket at the same time: fire hazard.
inal position and the cigarette lighter is ready for use.
For versions/markets where provided, there may be an
electrical socket in place of the cigarette lighter.
STARTING
AND DRIVING IMPORTANT Always check that the cigarette lighter has
turned itself off.

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES WARNING
The cigarette lighter gets very hot. Han-
dle it carefully and make sure children
IN AN don’t touch it: risk of fire and/or burning.
EMERGENCY
F0U0070m
fig. 76
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0069m F0U0071m
fig. 75 fig. 77
74
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 75

SUN VISORS fig. 78 SEAT POCKET


(for versions/markets where provided) KNOWING
These are located at the sides of the rear-view mirror. YOUR
They may be positioned at the front and to the side.
On certain versions a map pocket is located on the back VEHICLE
of the seat’s backrest fig. 79.
A vanity mirror may be present on the back of the sun vi-
sors.
On certain versions, to use the mirror (for versions/markets SAFETY
where provided) you need to open sliding cover A

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0072m F0U0073m
fig. 78 fig. 79
75
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 76

SOCKET DASHBOARD STORAGE COMPARTMENT


KNOWING (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR Compartment A-fig. 81 is located in the middle of the dash-
VEHICLE This is located in the boot, on the left side of the plastic board. To use it, open flap B by pushing its button.
support for the parcel shelf fig. 80.
To use it, open cap A.
SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0074m F0U0276m
fig. 80 fig. 81
76
033-077 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 10:19 Pagina 77

EXTINGUISHER fig. 81a SKY DOME SUNROOF KNOWING


(for versions/markets, where provided) (for versions/markets where provided) YOUR
The extinguisher is located on the left side of the luggage VEHICLE
compartment. The large electric sunroof comprises two panes of glass,
one of which is mobile and the other fixed. These are
equipped with two shutters (front and rear) that can be
moved manually. SAFETY
The shutters can be used in the “fully closed” or “fully
open” positions (they have no fixed intermediate posi-
tions). STARTING
AND DRIVING
To open the shutters: flick switch A-fig. 82 in the direction
of the arrows to the “fully open” position.
To close them, carry out the procedure in reverse. WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
The sunroof can be operated only with the ignition key
turned to MAR. Controls A-B fig. 83, located on a dedi-
cated control panel near the front ceiling light, open and
close the sunroof. IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0552m F0U0076m
fig. 81a fig. 82
77
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 78

To open
KNOWING If a cross roof rack is fitted, the sunroof should
YOUR Press and hold button B-fig. 83, and the front pane will be used in the “spoiler” position only.
VEHICLE set to the “spoiler” position; press button B-fig. 83 again
for over half a second to make the sunroof slide auto-
matically to the wide open position; press the button once
SAFETY more to stop the sunroof at an intermediate position.
Do not open the sunroof when there is
To close snow or ice as it could get damaged.

STARTING From the wide open position, press button A-fig. 83 for
AND DRIVING over half a second to set the front pane to the “spoiler”
position; press the button again to stop the sunroof at an
intermediate position; press button A-fig. 83 once more WARNING
and hold it down to close the sunroof completely.
WARNING LIGHTS When leaving the vehicle, always remove
AND MESSAGES the key from the ignition to avoid the risk
of injury to those still inside the car due to acci-
dental operation of the sunroof. Improper use of
IN AN the roof can be dangerous. Before operation, al-
EMERGENCY ways check that no-one is at risk of being injured
by the moving sunroof or by objects getting caught
and dragged by it.
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0075m
fig. 83
78
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 79

ANTI-PINCH SAFETY SYSTEM EMERGENCY OPERATION


KNOWING
The sunroof has an anti-pinch safety system capable of de- If the switch does not work, the sunroof can be operat- YOUR
tecting the presence of an obstacle whilst the roof is clos- ed manually as follows: VEHICLE
ing; when this happens, the system stops and the move- ❒ remove the protection cap located between the two
ment of the glass is immediately reversed. shutters;
❒ take the Allen key (provided as standard) from the tool- SAFETY
INITIALISATION PROCEDURE box in the boot;
The sunroof must be re-initialised after disconnecting the ❒ insert the key into hole A-fig. 84 and turn it:
battery or if the relevant protection fuse is blown. STARTING
– clockwise to open the roof;
Proceed as follows: AND DRIVING
– anticlockwise to close the roof.
❒ press button A-fig. 83 at close position;
❒ hold the button down so that the sunroof closes in
stages; WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ after full closing, wait for sunroof’s electric motor
to stop.
When leaving the vehicle, always remove the key from the IN AN
ignition to avoid the risk of injury to those still inside the EMERGENCY
car due to accidental operation of the sunroof. Improper
use of the roof can be dangerous. Before and during op-
eration, always check that no-one is exposed to the risk SERVICING
of being injured by the moving sunroof or by objects get- AND CARE
ting caught and dragged by it.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0077m
fig. 84
79
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 80

KNOWING
DOORS If one or more doors are open turning the key, only the
button LED flashes. If the doors are closed but the boot
YOUR is open, the doors are locked: the direction indicators (on-
VEHICLE Central door locking/unlocking system ly when locking is carried out using button Á fig. 85) and
the LED on button A-fig. 87 flash quickly for approximately
Locking from the outside 3 seconds.
SAFETY With the doors closed, press button Á on the remote con- With this function on, you can still unlock the other doors
trol fig. 85 or insert the key in the driver-side door and by pressing button A-fig. 87 on the central control panel.
turn clockwise fig. 86. The locking of the doors is signalled
STARTING by the LED on button A-fig. 87 flashing once. The doors Double-tapping button Á on the remote control fig. 85 ac-
AND DRIVING can be locked only if they are all shut. If one or more doors tivates the dead lock device (see “Dead lock”).
are open after pressing button Á on the remote control
fig. 85, the direction indicators and the LED on the button Door unlocking from the outside
WARNING LIGHTS
A-fig. 87 flash quickly for approximately 3 seconds. Briefly press button Ë fig. 85 to unlock the doors re-
AND MESSAGES motely, turn on the ceiling lights for a limited period and
double flash the direction indicators, or insert the key
into the driver’s door lock and turn it anti-clockwise as
IN AN shown in fig. 86.
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0078m
80 fig. 85
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 81

Door locking/unlocking from the inside After locking doors by:


KNOWING
Press button A-fig. 87 to lock/unlock all doors. The but- ❒ remote control; YOUR
ton has an LED that indicates whether the doors are ❒ door catch; VEHICLE
locked or unlocked. When the doors are locked, the LED
is on and pressing the button brings about central unlocking it will not be possible to unlock them by pressing button
of all the doors and turns off the LED. When the doors A-fig. 87 on the dashboard.
SAFETY
are unlocked, the LED is off and pressing the button brings
about central locking of all the doors. The doors will be
locked only if all the doors are properly shut.
STARTING
For versions/markets where provided, when the exterior AND DRIVING
lights are on, the interior door handle is lit up by an LED.

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
ASR
OFF
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0079m F0U0005m
fig. 86 fig. 87 81
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 82

IMPORTANT With central locking on, pulling the internal WARNING


KNOWING handle of one of the front doors will unlock that door.
YOUR Individual doors can be unlocked by pulling the internal
Once the dead lock system is engaged, it
VEHICLE handle of one of the rear doors.
is impossible to open the doors from inside
the vehicle. Before getting out of the car, please
If a power supply is not present (blown fuse, battery dis- therefore check that there is no-one left inside.
SAFETY connected, etc.) it is, however, possible to lock the doors If the remote control battery is flat, the system
manually. can be disengaged only by inserting the key in ei-
ther of the door locks as described previously: in
After exceeding 20 km/h, all the doors will be locked au- this case the device remains active only for the
STARTING tomatically if the setup menu function has been selected rear doors.
AND DRIVING (see “Multifunction display” paragraph in this section).

DEAD LOCK
(for versions/markets where provided)
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES This safety device inhibits the operation of: Device activation
❒ interior handles; The dead lock device is automatically activated on every
❒ locking/unlocking button A-fig. 87; door when you double-tap button Á on the remote con-
IN AN trol fig. 85.
EMERGENCY thereby preventing the opening of the doors from inside
the passenger compartment if there has been a break-in Device activation is indicated by 3 flashes of the direction
attempt (e.g. a window has been broken). indicators and the flashing of the LED on button A-fig. 87
on the dashboard.
SERVICING The dead lock device therefore offers the best possible
AND CARE protection against break-in attempts. We recommend en- If one or more of the doors is not closed correctly, the
gaging it whenever the vehicle is parked and left unat- dead lock device will not activate, thus preventing a per-
tended. son from getting stuck inside the passenger compartment
TECHNICAL by entering the car through, and then closing, the open
SPECIFICATIONS door.

CONTENTS

82
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 83

Device deactivation CHILD LOCK


(5-door versions) fig. 88 KNOWING
The system is disabled automatically on every door in the YOUR
following cases: This system prevents the rear doors from being opened VEHICLE
❒ when opening the driver’s door using the mechanical key; from the inside.
❒ when unlocking doors using the remote control; This device can be engaged only with the doors open.
❒ when turning the ignition key to the MAR position. ❒ position 1 – engaged (door locked); SAFETY
❒ position 2 – disengaged (door can be opened from
inside).
STARTING
The device A-fig. 88 stays on even if the doors are un- AND DRIVING
locked by the centralised system.

WARNING LIGHTS
WARNING AND MESSAGES
Always use this feature when transporting
children. IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0080m
fig. 88
83
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 84

KNOWING WARNING WARNING


YOUR After engaging the child lock on both rear Do not activate the child lock device if the
VEHICLE doors, check for proper engagement by rear doors emergency lock device is al-
trying to open a door with the internal handle. ready activated.
If both have been activated, you need to use the
SAFETY interior handle to disengage the rear doors emer-
gency locking system and then open the door from
REAR DOORS EMERGENCY LOCK DEVICE the outside.
(5-door versions) fig. 89
STARTING
AND DRIVING The rear doors are fitted with a device to lock doors when
there is no current.
In this event, proceed as follows:
WARNING LIGHTS ❒ insert the ignition key into latch B;
AND MESSAGES ❒ turn it from position 2 to position 1 and close the door.
When the device is active, use the internal doors handles
IN AN to open the rear doors.
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0081m
fig. 89
84
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 85

ELECTRIC WINDOW Continuous automatic operation


KNOWING
Versions with 2 electric windows (at the front) are YOUR
OPENING equipped with automatic window opening. VEHICLE
The driver’s door armrest features two fig. 91 or (for ver- Versions with 4 electric windows (front and rear) are fit-
sions/markets where provided) five fig. 90 switches that, ted with automatic window opening/closing on all doors.
with the key turned to MAR, can be used: SAFETY
Keep one of the buttons pressed for longer than
A to open/close the left front window; half a second to activate the automatic continuous op-
eration of the window. The window will stop when it is
B to open/close the right front window; fully opened or closed, or when the button is pressed again. STARTING
C to open/close the left rear window (for versions/ AND DRIVING
Versions with 4 electric windows (front and rear) are fit-
markets where provided) ted with an anti-crushing safety device to detect the pres-
D to open/close the right rear window (for versions/ ence of an obstacle when the window is being closed. If an
markets where provided) obstacle is detected, the safety system will stop the clos- WARNING LIGHTS
ing process and, according to window position, reverse AND MESSAGES
E to disable the controls located on the rear doors (for the movement of the glass.
versions/markets where provided).
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0082m F0U0083m
fig. 90 fig. 91
85
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 86

IMPORTANT In the event that the anti-crushing function Front passenger-side and rear doors
KNOWING is activated 5 times in only 1 minute, the system will au- (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR tomatically enter the “recovery” mode (self-protection).
VEHICLE This condition is apparent from the window closing in The front passenger door armrest and rear door armrests
stages. feature switches A-fig. 92 for controlling the correspond-
ing window.
SAFETY On such occasions, it is necessary to carry out the system
restore procedure, acting as follows: Press button A-fig. 93 to disable the controls located on
the rear doors (for versions/markets where provided).
❒ open the windows;
STARTING or
AND DRIVING ❒ turn the ignition key to STOP and then to MAR.
If no malfunction is present, the window returns to its nor-
mal operation automatically.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES IMPORTANT With the ignition key at STOP or removed,
the windows remain activated for about 2 minutes and are
deactivated as soon a door is opened.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

WARNING
SERVICING
AND CARE The system conforms to the 2000/4/EC
standard concerning the safety of passen-
gers leaning out of the passenger compartment.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
IMPORTANT On some versions, pressing the remote
control button Ë for over 2 seconds will open the win-
CONTENTS dows, whereas pressing the remote control button Á for
over 2 seconds will close them.
F0U0084m
fig. 92
86
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 87

WARNING Initialisation procedure:


KNOWING
Improper use of the electric windows can ❒ fully close the window to be initialised manually; YOUR
be dangerous. Before and during opera- ❒ once fully closed, keep holding down the closing con- VEHICLE
tion, always check that no-one is exposed to the trol for at least 1 second.
risk of being injured either directly by the moving
window or through objects getting caught and be- REAR WINDOW WINDERS (5-door versions) SAFETY
ing dragged by it. When leaving the vehicle, al- fig. 94 (for versions/markets where provided)
ways remove the key from the ignition to avoid
the risk of injury to anyone remaining in the To open and to close the window, use the relevant handle.
car due to accidental operation of the electric STARTING
windows. AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Electric window system initialisation
The system must be re-initialised after disconnecting the
battery or if the relevant protection fuse is blown. IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0085m F0U0086m
fig. 93 fig. 94
87
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 88

KNOWING
BOOT It can also be opened by pressing button R on the re-
mote control fig. 96.
YOUR OPENING THE BOOT
VEHICLE When you open the boot using the remote control, the
Press button A-fig. 95. direction indicators will flash twice.

SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0623m F0U0087m
fig. 95 fig. 96
88
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 89

CLOSING THE BOOT


Putting additional objects onto the parcel KNOWING
shelf or rear door (speakers, spoiler, etc.), Lower the rear door until you hear the locking click YOUR
except when approved by the manufactur- fig. 98. VEHICLE
er, can affect the correct operation of the side gas
shock absorbers of the rear door itself.
SAFETY

WARNING
When using the boot, never exceed the STARTING
maximum admissible loads (see the “Tech- AND DRIVING
nical specifications” section). Make sure that the
objects are well arranged in the boot so that they
will not be projected forwards following sudden WARNING LIGHTS
braking, causing injury to passengers. AND MESSAGES

IN AN
WARNING EMERGENCY
When travelling, do not put any object on
the parcel shelf because they can injure
passengers in the event of an accident or sudden SERVICING
braking. AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0089m
fig. 98
89
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 90

OPENING THE BOOT IN AN EXTENDING THE BOOT


KNOWING EMERGENCY fig. 99
YOUR Partial extension (1/3 or 2/3) fig. 100
VEHICLE To open the boot from inside if the car battery is flat or
(for versions/markets where provided)
the electric lock of the rear door is faulty, proceed as fol-
lows: The boot can be partially (1/3 or 2/3) or totally extended
SAFETY ❒ tilt the rear seats fully forward (see “Extending the boot” by splitting the rear seat.
in this section); Proceed as follows:
❒ press lever B inside the boot. ❒ fully lower the rear seat head restraints;
STARTING ❒ check that the seat belt is not twisted;
AND DRIVING ❒ tilt the cushions forward as shown by the arrow
fig. 100;
❒ lift handle A or B-fig. 101 to release either the left or
WARNING LIGHTS right part of the backrest and guide the backrest down
AND MESSAGES onto the cushion.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0090m F0U0091m
fig. 99 fig. 100
90
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 91

Extending the right side of the boot makes allows you to ❒ tilt the cushions forward as shown by the arrow
carry two passengers on the left part of the rear seat. Ex- fig. 100; KNOWING
YOUR
tending the left side of the boot allows you to carry one ❒ lift handles A and B-fig. 101 to release the backrests and VEHICLE
passenger on the right part of the rear seat. guide them down onto the cushion.
Full extension fig. 103
SAFETY
Tilting the whole rear seat forwards gives maximum load-
ing volume.
Proceed as follows: STARTING
❒ fully lower the rear seat head restraints; AND DRIVING
❒ check that the seat belts are not twisted;

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0093m
fig. 102

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0092m F0U0094m
fig. 101 fig. 103
91
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 92

Repositioning the rear seat fig. 104 Make sure the backrest is properly secured at both sides
KNOWING to prevent it moving forward in the event of sharp brak-
YOUR Raise the backrests and push them back until hearing the ing that may cause injuries to passengers.
VEHICLE locking click of both retainers.
Position the seat belt buckles upwards and set the cush-
ion to the position of normal use. REMOVING THE PARCEL SHELF
SAFETY IMPORTANT The backrest is correctly secured when the To remove the parcel shelf in order to extend the boot:
red band next to the handles disappears. This red band in- release the upper ends A-fig. 105 by removing the eye-
dicates that the backrest is not secured. When returning lets from the pins, unhook and swivel the parcel shelf in
the backrest to its normal position, make sure it is cor- its housing and then release both pins fig. 106 from the
STARTING side holes.
AND DRIVING rectly fastened and you hear the lock click.

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0095m F0U0097m
fig. 104 fig. 105
92
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 93

Once removed, the parcel shelf can be positioned between BONNET KNOWING
the back of the front seats and the folded cushion of the
rear seat fig. 107. YOUR
OPENING VEHICLE
Proceed as follows:
❒ pull the lever fig. 108 in the direction of the arrow; SAFETY
❒ pull the catch A-fig. 109 as shown in the diagram;
❒ lift the bonnet and, at the same time, release the bon-
net support rod from its locking device D-fig. 110; then
insert the end of the bonnet support rod C-fig. 111 in- STARTING
to the hole E. AND DRIVING
IMPORTANT Before opening the bonnet, check that wind-
screen wiper arms are not lifted from the windscreen. WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0098m
fig. 106

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0096m F0U0100m
fig. 107 fig. 108
93
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 94

CLOSING WARNING
KNOWING
YOUR Proceed as follows: For safety reasons, the bonnet must al-
VEHICLE ❒ hold the bonnet up with one hand and with the other ways be perfectly closed while travelling.
remove the rod C-fig. 111 from the hole E and fit it Make sure that the bonnet is perfectly closed and
back into its catch D-fig. 110; that the lock is engaged. If you notice whilst dri-
SAFETY ving that the lock is not perfectly engaged, stop
❒ lower the bonnet to approximately 20 centimetres from at once and close the bonnet properly.
the engine compartment, then let it drop. Make sure
that the bonnet is completely closed and not fastened
STARTING only by the safety catch. If it is not perfectly closed, do
AND DRIVING not try to press the bonnet lid down but open it and re-
peat the procedure.
IMPORTANT Always check that the bonnet is closed
WARNING LIGHTS properly to avoid it opening while the car is travelling.
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0619m F0U0102m
fig. 109 fig. 110
94
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 95

WARNING ROOF RACK/SKI RACK KNOWING


Positioning the support rod incorrectly YOUR
could cause the bonnet to fall suddenly. 3-door versions VEHICLE
The front hooks are located at points A-fig. 112.
The rear hooks are located at points B marked by the (O) SAFETY
WARNING symbols on the rear side windows.
Perform these operations only when the 5-door versions
car is stationary. STARTING
The front hooks are located at points A-fig. 112. AND DRIVING
The rear hooks are located at points B and are marked
by a groove on the upper part of the door frame.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0103m F0U0620m
fig. 111 fig. 112
95
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 96

KNOWING WARNING WARNING


YOUR After travelling a short distance, check that Distribute the load evenly and, when dri-
VEHICLE the coupling fastening screws are tight. ving, bear in mind the increased sensitivi-
ty of the vehicle to side wind.

SAFETY

Strictly comply with current legal regula- Never exceed the permitted load (see
STARTING tions concerning maximum overall dimen- “Technical specifications” section).
AND DRIVING sions.

WARNING LIGHTS IMPORTANT Follow the instructions contained in the as-


AND MESSAGES sembly kit carefully. Assembly must be performed by qual-
ified personnel.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

96
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 97

HEADLIGHTS Headlight alignment adjustment fig. 113


KNOWING
To adjust, press buttons Ò and  on the control panel. YOUR
LIGHT BEAM DIRECTION The display located on the instrument panel provides the VEHICLE
The correct direction of the headlights is essential for the visual indication of the positions during the adjustment op-
comfort and safety of the driver and other road users. The eration.
headlights must be correctly directed to ensure the best SAFETY
Position 0 – one or two people in the front seats.
visibility. Contact a Fiat Dealership to have the direction
checked and, if necessary, adjusted. Position 1 – five people.
Position 2 – five people + load in the boot. STARTING
HEADLIGHT ALIGNMENT CORRECTOR AND DRIVING
Position 3 – driver + maximum permitted load stowed in
This device works with the key in the MAR position and the boot.
the dipped headlights on. The car will tilt backwards when
it is loaded, raising the light beam. The beams must there- IMPORTANT Check the beam alignment every time the WARNING LIGHTS
fore be aimed again in this case. load transported changes. AND MESSAGES
FRONT FOG LIGHTS ALIGNMENT
(for versions/markets where provided) IN AN
Contact a Fiat Dealership to have the direction checked EMERGENCY
and, if necessary, adjusted.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0105m
fig. 113
97
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 98

HEADLIGHT BEAM ADJUSTMENT ABROAD Such film is provided by Lineaccessori Fiat and is available
KNOWING fig. 114-115 at Fiat Dealerships.
YOUR
VEHICLE The dipped headlights are adjusted to work in the coun- The illustrations refer to the changeover from driving on
try where the vehicle was originally purchased. In coun- the left to driving on the right.
tries where vehicles are driven on the other side of the
SAFETY road, the beams are aligned by applying a specially designed
adhesive film in order not to dazzle the vehicles travel-
ling in the opposite direction.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS 165
69

R1
51
50

CONTENTS 130

F0U0506m F0U0346m
fig. 114 fig. 115
98
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 99

ABS SYSTEM SYSTEM INTERVENTION


KNOWING
If you have never driven a vehicle with ABS before, it is ad-
The driver can tell the ABS system has come into action YOUR
visable to perform a few tests on slippery ground, always
because the brake pedal pulsates slightly and the system VEHICLE
gets noisier: it means that the vehicle speed should be al-
in safe conditions and respecting the highway code of the tered to suit the type of road surface.
country where you are driving. Read the following infor-
mation carefully. SAFETY
MECHANICAL BRAKE ASSIST
This system, which is an integral part of the braking sys- (emergency braking assistance)
tem, prevents one or more wheels from locking and skid- (for versions/markets, where provided)
ding on all road surface conditions, irrespective of the in- STARTING
This system (which cannot be deactivated) recognises AND DRIVING
tensity of the braking action, ensuring that the vehicle can emergency braking conditions according to the speed of
be controlled even during emergency braking. operation of the brake pedal and provides an additional
The system is completed by EBD (Electronic Braking Force hydraulic braking pressure to support that provided by the
Distribution), which distributes the braking action between driver. This allows faster and more powerful operation WARNING LIGHTS
the front and rear wheels. of the braking system. AND MESSAGES
IMPORTANT For the maximum efficiency of the braking IMPORTANT When the Mechanical Brake Assist is acti-
system, a bedding-in period of about 500 km is needed (for vated noises can be heard from the system. This is nor- IN AN
a new vehicle or after having replaced the brake mal. Anyway, while braking keep the brake pedal de- EMERGENCY
pads/discs): during this period it is better to avoid sharp, pressed.
repeated and prolonged braking.
SERVICING
AND CARE
WARNING WARNING
The ABS system gets the most out of the If the ABS cuts in, it is a sign that the grip
available grip but it cannot improve it. between tyre and the road surface has TECHNICAL
Therefore, you should take great care when reached the limit: you must slow down to match SPECIFICATIONS
driving on slippery surfaces: don’t take unneces- the speed to the road grip available.
sary risks.
CONTENTS

99
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 100

FAILURE INDICATIONS WARNING


KNOWING
YOUR If only warning light x lights up on the in-
ABS failure
VEHICLE strument panel (with a message on the
ABS failure is indicated by warning light > coming on on multifunction display, where provided), stop the
the instrument panel together with the dedicated message car immediately and contact the nearest Fiat
SAFETY on the multifunction display (where provided), (see “Warn- Dealership. Fluid leaking from the hydraulic sys-
ing lights and messages”). tem will compromise the operation of the brak-
ing system, whether it is of the conventional type
In this case, the braking system will work as normal, but or with ABS.
STARTING without the extra capacity offered by the ABS system. Dri-
AND DRIVING ve carefully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to have the sys-
tem checked.

EBD failure
WARNING LIGHTS WARNING
AND MESSAGES EBD failure is indicated by warning lights > and x com- When the ABS cuts in, and you feel the
ing on on the instrument panel together with the dedicated brake pedal pulsating, do not remove your
message on the multifunction display (where provided), foot, but keep it pressed; in doing so you will stop
IN AN (see section “Warning lights and messages”). in the shortest distance possible under the road
EMERGENCY Drive carefully to the nearest Fiat Dealership to have the conditions at the time.
system checked.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

100
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 101

ESP SYSTEM SYSTEM ACTIVATION


KNOWING
(Electronic Stability Program) The ESP system comes on automatically when the vehi- YOUR
(for versions/markets where provided) cle is started and cannot be turned off. VEHICLE

This is an electronic system that controls car stability in FAILURE INDICATIONS


the event of tyre grip loss, helping to maintain direction- In the event of a failure, the ESP will be automatically SAFETY
al control. switched off and the á warning light will come on per-
The ESP system is therefore particularly useful when the manently on the instrument panel along with a message on
grip conditions of road surfaces change. the multifunction display (for versions/markets where pro-
The MSR system (adjustment of the engine braking torque STARTING
vided) (see “Warning lights and messages” section). The AND DRIVING
during gear changes) and the HBA system (automatic in- LED on the ASR OFF button will also light up. Contact a
crease in the braking pressure during emergency brak- Fiat Dealership as soon as possible if this happens.
ing) are present with ESP, ASR and Hill Holder systems
(for versions/markets where provided). HYDRAULIC BRAKE ASSIST WARNING LIGHTS
(integrated ESP emergency braking assistance) AND MESSAGES
(for versions/markets where available)
WARNING This system (which cannot be switched off) recognises IN AN
Do not take unnecessary risks, even if your emergency braking (according to the speed of operation EMERGENCY
vehicle is fitted with an ESP system. Your of the brake pedal) and provides additional hydraulic brak-
driving style must always be suited to the road ing pressure to support that applied by the driver. This
conditions, visibility and traffic. The driver is al- allows faster and more powerful operation of the brak-
ing system. SERVICING
ways ultimately responsible for road safety. AND CARE
The Hydraulic Brake Assist is deactivated on versions
equipped with ESP if there is an ESP system failure (indi-
cated by the warning light á and the message on the mul- TECHNICAL
SYSTEM INTERVENTION tifunction display, for versions/markets where provided). SPECIFICATIONS
This is signalled by warning light á flashing on the instru-
ment panel to inform the driver that the car is experiencing
critical stability and grip conditions. CONTENTS

101
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 102

HILL HOLDER SYSTEM During start-up, the ESP system control unit maintains the
KNOWING braking pressure at the wheels until the engine torque
YOUR This system is an integral part of the ESP system and it required for departure is reached, or for a maximum of
VEHICLE facilitates hill starts. 1 second, allowing your right foot to be moved easily from
It is automatically activated in the following conditions: the brake pedal to the accelerator.
❒ uphill: vehicle stationary on a road with a gradient high- If the vehicle has not departed after this time, the system
SAFETY er than 5%, engine running, brake pedal pressed and will deactivate automatically by gradually releasing the
gearbox in neutral or gear other than reverse; brake force.
❒ downhill: vehicle stationary on a road with a gradient At release, the typical brake disengagement noise indicat-
STARTING higher than 5%, engine running, brake pedal pressed and
AND DRIVING ing that the car is going to move will be heard.
reverse gear engaged.

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

102
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 103

Failure indications ❒ if only one of the drive wheels skids, the system inter-
venes by automatically braking the wheel that is KNOWING
System failure is indicated by warning light * lighting up skidding. YOUR
on the instrument panel with digital display and warning VEHICLE
light á lighting up on the instrument panel with multi- The action of the ASR system is especially useful in the fol-
function display (where provided) (see section “Warn- lowing conditions:
ing lights and messages”). ❒ slipping of the inner wheel when cornering due to the SAFETY
IMPORTANT The Hill Holder system is not a parking effect of dynamic load changes or excessive accelera-
brake; therefore, never leave the vehicle without having tion;
engaged the handbrake, turned the engine off and select- ❒ too much power transmitted to the wheels also in re- STARTING
ed first gear. lation to the conditions of the road surface; AND DRIVING
❒ acceleration on slippery, snowy or icy surfaces;
❒ in the case of loss of grip on a wet surface (aquaplaning).
WARNING WARNING LIGHTS
For the correct operation of the ESP and AND MESSAGES
ASR systems, the tyres must be the same
make and type on all wheels, in perfect condition WARNING
and, above all, of the type, make and size recom- For the correct operation of the ESP and IN AN
mended. ASR systems, the tyres must absolutely be EMERGENCY
the same make and type on all wheels, in perfect
condition and, above all, of the type, make and
size specified. SERVICING
ASR SYSTEM (Anti-slip Regulator) AND CARE
This function controls car drive and cuts in automatically
every time one or both driving wheels skid. TECHNICAL
Depending on how skiddy the road is, two different con- SPECIFICATIONS
trol systems are activated:
❒ if both drive wheels skid, the ASR function intervenes
by reducing the power transmitted by the engine; CONTENTS

103
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 104

MSR system (engine drive regulation) When travelling on snowy roads with snow chains, it may
KNOWING be helpful to turn the ASR off: in fact, in these conditions,
YOUR This is an integral part of the ASR system that, in the event if the drive wheels skid when moving off, you get better
VEHICLE of sudden gear shifting on hills, cuts in to provide torque traction.
to the engine, thus preventing excessive driving wheel drag
that, especially in poor grip conditions, can lead to loss of
SAFETY stability.
WARNING
Switching the system on/off fig. 116
Do not take unnecessary risks, even if your
The ASR system switches on automatically each time the vehicle is fitted with this system. Your dri-
STARTING engine is started.
AND DRIVING ving style must always be suited to the road con-
When travelling, the ASR can be switched off and on again ditions, visibility and traffic. The driver is always
by pressing button located on the dashboard fig. 116. ultimately responsible for road safety.
WARNING LIGHTS When the ASR is switched off, this is shown by the LED
AND MESSAGES on the button coming on and by the relevant message ap-
pearing on the multifunction display, where provided.
If you switch off the ASR during a journey, it will come back For the correct operation of the ASR system, the tyres
IN AN on automatically when the engine is next started. must absolutely be the same make and type on all wheels,
EMERGENCY in perfect condition and, above all, of the type, make and
size specified.

SERVICING FAILURE INDICATIONS


AND CARE In the event of a failure, the ASR will be automatically
switched off and warning light á will appear permanent-
ly on the instrument panel along with a message on the
TECHNICAL multifunction display, where provided (see “Warning lights
SPECIFICATIONS and messages”). In this case, contact a Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible.

CONTENTS

F0U0106m
fig. 116
104
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 105

EOBD SYSTEM Go to a Fiat Dealership as soon as possi- KNOWING


ble if warning light U either does not light YOUR
The EOBD system (European On Board Diagnosis) pro-
vides a continuous diagnosis of the car’s emission-related
up when the key is turned to MAR or comes VEHICLE
on permanently or flashes while travelling (along
components. with a message on the multifunction display, where
It also alerts the driver, by way of warning light U light- provided). The operation of the U warning light SAFETY
ing up on the instrument panel (together with the relevant may be checked by traffic police using appropriate
message on the multifunction display, where provided) (see equipment. Respect the regulations in force in the
section “Warning lights and messages”), when these com- country where you are driving.
ponents are no longer in peak condition. STARTING
AND DRIVING
The goal of the system is to:
❒ keep the system efficiency under control;
❒ warn when a fault causes emissions levels to increase; WARNING LIGHTS
❒ warn of the need to replace non-performing compo- AND MESSAGES
nents.
The system also has a connector that can be interfaced
with appropriate equipment, which makes it possible to IN AN
read the error codes stored in the control unit, together EMERGENCY
with a series of specific parameters for engine operation
and diagnosis. This check can also be carried out by traf-
fic police. SERVICING
AND CARE
IMPORTANT After eliminating the problem, to check the
system completely, Fiat Dealerships run a bench test and,
if necessary, road tests which may also call for a long jour- TECHNICAL
ney. SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

105
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 106

KNOWING
“DUALDRIVE” ELECTRIC POWER When the CITY function is on, the steering wheel effort
STEERING SYSTEM is lighter, making parking easier: therefore, this function
YOUR is particularly useful for driving in city centres.
VEHICLE For the Sport version, this function guarantees improved
The car is equipped with an electrically controlled power driving comfort because the accelerator pedal is better cal-
steering system called “Dualdrive”, working only with the ibrated for gradual acceleration/deceleration.
SAFETY ignition key at MAR and the engine running, that cus-
tomises steering force according to the driving conditions. FAILURE INDICATIONS
ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION Any failure of the electric power steering system is indicat-
STARTING (CITY function) ed by instrument panel warning light g coming on together
AND DRIVING with a message on the multifunction display (for ver-
To activate/deactivate the function, press the button on sions/markets where provided) (see “Warning lights and
the dashboard. messages”). In the event of electric power steering system
failure, the car can be driven with mechanical steering.
WARNING LIGHTS Activation is indicated by:
AND MESSAGES ❒ the word CITY on the instrument panel (for versions IMPORTANT In some circumstances, factors independent
with multifunction display); of the electric power steering could cause the g warning
light on the instrument panel to come on.
❒ the word CITY lit up on the button after it has been
IN AN pressed fig. 117. In this case, stop the car immediately, switch off the en-
EMERGENCY gine for about 20 seconds and then restart the car. If the
warning light g is still on, along with the message on the
multifunction display (for versions/markets where provid-
ed), contact a Fiat Dealership.
SERVICING
AND CARE IMPORTANT During parking manoeuvres requiring a lot
of steering, the steering may become harder; this is nor-
mal and is due to the intervention of the system that pro-
TECHNICAL tects the electric steering motor from overheating, so no
SPECIFICATIONS intervention is required. The power steering system will
start working properly again the next time the car is used.

CONTENTS

F0U0107m
fig. 117
106
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 107

WARNING TYRE PRESSURE MONITORING KNOWING


It is absolutely forbidden to carry out any SYSTEM (TPMS) YOUR
after-market operation involving steering (for versions/markets where provided) VEHICLE
system or steering column modifications (e.g. in-
stallaing an anti-theft device). This could badly af- The car may be equipped with a tyre pressure monitor-
fect performance and safety, invalidate the war- ing system. This system comprises a radio frequency trans- SAFETY
ranty and also result in the non-compliance of the mitter fitted to each wheel (on the rim inside the tyre),
car with regulations. which is able to send information on the pressure of each
tyre to the control unit.
STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING WARNING
Before carrying out any maintenance op- Take the greatest of care when checking WARNING LIGHTS
eration, switch off the engine and remove or topping up the tyre pressures. If the AND MESSAGES
the ignition key to activate the steering lock. This pressure is too high, road hold is compromised,
is particularly important if the vehicle’s wheels are there is more demand on the suspension and
raised from the ground. If this is not possible (for wheels, and the tyres wear abnormally. IN AN
example if the key needs to be turned to MAR or EMERGENCY
the engine must be running), remove the main fuse
that protects the electric power steering.
SERVICING
WARNING AND CARE
Tyre pressure should be checked when the
tyres are rested and cold; if, for whatever
reason, you check the pressure when the tyres are TECHNICAL
hot, do not reduce the pressure even if it is high- SPECIFICATIONS
er than the recommended value, but check again
when the tyres are cold.
CONTENTS

107
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 108

KNOWING WARNING WARNING


YOUR The presence of TPMS does not exoner- Replacing the normal tyres with winter
VEHICLE ate the driver from regularly checking the tyres and vice versa requires an inspection
pressure of the tyres and the spare wheel (see of the TPMS, which should be carried out only
“Wheels” in the “Maintenance and care” section). by a Fiat Dealership.
SAFETY

IMPORTANT NOTES ABOUT THE TPMS


STARTING SYSTEM WARNING
AND DRIVING The TPMS requires the use of specific
The fault indications are not stored and will therefore not equipment. Contact a Fiat Dealership to
be displayed after the engine has been switched off and find out which accessories are compatible with the
WARNING LIGHTS then on again. If the fault conditions persist, the control system (wheels, hub caps etc.). Using other ac-
AND MESSAGES unit will send the relative indications to the instrument cessories may hinder the normal operation of the
panel only after the vehicle has been in motion for a short system.
time.
IN AN WARNING Particularly strong radio frequency interference
EMERGENCY may cause the TPMS system to function incorrectly. This
condition is indicated to the driver by a message on the dis-
play. The warning message will go off automatically as soon WARNING
SERVICING as the interference stops disturbing the system. Changes in outside temperature may
AND CARE cause tyre pressures to vary. The TPMS
system may temporarily indicate insufficient pres-
sure. In this case, check the tyre pressures with the
TECHNICAL WARNING tyres cold and, if necessary, pump them up.
SPECIFICATIONS
The TPMS is not able to warn you of sud-
den tyre pressure losses (for example when
a tyre bursts). In this case, stop the car, braking
CONTENTS with care and avoiding sharp steering actions.

108
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 109

WARNING WARNING KNOWING


If the vehicle is fitted with TPMS, when a Strong radio-frequency interference could YOUR
tyre is removed, it is advisable to replace hinder the regular operation of the TPMS VEHICLE
the rubber gasket for the valve. Contact a Fiat system. This condition will be indicated by a mes-
Dealership. sage on the multfunction display (where provided).
The warning message will go off automatically SAFETY
as soon as the interference ceases to disturb the
system.

WARNING STARTING
If the vehicle is fitted with TPMS, tyre and AND DRIVING
wheel fitting/removal operations require
specific precautions. To avoid damaging the sen-
sors or fitting them incorrectly, tyre and wheel fit- WARNING LIGHTS
ting/removal operations should be carried out on- AND MESSAGES
ly by specialists. Contact a Fiat Dealership.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

109
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 110

In order to use the system properly, refer to the following table when you have to change wheels/tyres:
KNOWING
YOUR
VEHICLE Operation Sensor Failure warning Fiat Dealership
intervention

SAFETY – – YES Contact a Fiat


Dealership
Replacing a wheel Repair the damaged
with the spare wheel NO YES wheel
STARTING
AND DRIVING Replacing wheels Contact a Fiat
with snow tyres NO YES Dealership
Replacing wheels
WARNING LIGHTS with snow tyres YES NO –
AND MESSAGES
Replacing wheels with
others of a different size (*) YES NO –
IN AN
EMERGENCY Switching wheels
(front/rear) (**) YES NO –

SERVICING
AND CARE (*) Given as an alternative in the Owner’s Handbook and available at Lineaccessori Fiat.
(**) Not cross-swapped (tyres must stay on the same side).

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

110
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 111

START&STOP SYSTEM With Dualogic gearbox


KNOWING
(for versions/markets where provided) (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR
The engine cuts out if the car stops with the brake pedal VEHICLE
FOREWORD pressed. This condition can be maintained even if the brake
pedal is not pressed, if the gear lever is in position N.
The Start&Stop device automatically stops the engine each
time the vehicle is stationary and starts it again when the NB The engine can be stopped automatically only after SAFETY
driver wants to move off. a speed of about 10 Km/h is reached, to prevent the en-
gine from being repeatedly stopped when driving at walk-
This improves the efficiency of the vehicle by reducing fu- ing pace.
el consumption, the emission of harmful gases and noise STARTING
pollution. The system is activated each time the car is The engine being stopped is signalled by the warning light AND DRIVING
started. fig. 118 on the instrument panel, depending on the con-
figuration.
OPERATING MODES WARNING LIGHTS
Engine restarting mode AND MESSAGES
Engine cut-out mode
With manual transmission
With manual transmission IN AN
Press the clutch pedal to allow the engine to be restarted. EMERGENCY
With the vehicle stationary, the engine cuts out with the
gearbox in neutral and the clutch pedal released.
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0200m F0U0201m
fig. 118 fig. 119
111
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 10-10-2011 10:07 Pagina 112

With Dualogic gearbox NO ENGINE CUT-OUT CONDITIONS


KNOWING (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR With the device activated, for reasons of comfort, limiting
VEHICLE If the gear lever is in position N, place it in any other gear, emissions and safety, the engine does not stop in certain
otherwise release the brake pedal or move the gear lever conditions, including:
to (+), (–) or R . ❒ engine still cold;
SAFETY ❒ particularly cold external temperatures, where the ap-
MANUAL ACTIVATION AND propriate indication is provided;
DEACTIVATION
❒ battery not sufficiently charged;
STARTING You can activate/deactivate the device by pressing the but- ❒ heated rear windscreen activated;
AND DRIVING ton on the dashboard fig. 120. When the system is
switched off, “Start&Stop OFF” appears on the dashboard ❒ windscreen wipers working at maximum speed;
fig. 119. ❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF) regeneration ongoing (for
versions/markets where provided);
WARNING LIGHTS In addition, (for versions/markets where provided) addi-
AND MESSAGES tional indications concerning the deactivation or activation ❒ driver’s door not shut;
of Start&Stop is given through a message on the display. ❒ driver’s seat belt not fastened;
❒ reverse gear engaged (for example, during parking ma-
IN AN noeuvres);
EMERGENCY ❒ automatic climate control, if a comfortable temperature
has not yet been reached or MAX – DEF function en-
abled;
SERVICING ❒ during the first period of use, to initialize the system.
AND CARE
In the above cases, for the versions/markets where
provided, the LED on the button switches on, as shown in
TECHNICAL fig. 120.
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0202m
fig. 120
112
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 10-10-2011 10:07 Pagina 113

RESTARTING CONDITIONS SAFETY FUNCTIONS


KNOWING
For reasons of comfort, limiting harmful emissions and safe- In engine cut-out conditions through the Start&Stop sys- YOUR
ty purposes, the power unit can restart automatically with- tem, if the driver unfastens his/her seat belt and opens the VEHICLE
out any action on behalf of the driver if certain conditions driver’s door or the passenger door, the engine can be
are met, including: restarted only by using the key.
❒ battery not sufficiently charged; The driver is notified of this condition both by a buzzer SAFETY
❒ windscreen wipers working at maximum speed; and through an information message on the display and
❒ extreme braking system pressure, e.g. following the (for versions/markets where provided) by the warning light
brake pedal being pressed repeatedly; fig. 118 on the instrument panel flashing. STARTING
❒ car moving around, for example when driving on hilly AND DRIVING
roads;
❒ stopping the engine through the Start&Stop system for
more than about three minutes. WARNING LIGHTS
❒ automatic climate control system for establishing a com- AND MESSAGES
fortable temperature or enabling the MAX – DEF func-
tion.
IN AN
With a gear engaged, the engine can be automatically EMERGENCY
restarted only by fully depressing the clutch pedal. The dri-
ver is asked to perform this operation through a message
on the instrument panel and, where provided, by the warn-
ing light fig. 118 on the instrument panel flashing SERVICING
AND CARE
NB: If the clutch is not pressed, when the three minutes
have elapsed since the engine was stopped, the engine can
be restarted only by using the key. TECHNICAL
NB: In cases when the engine stops and this is not desired, SPECIFICATIONS
due for example to the clutch pedal being released sharply
with a gear engaged, if the Start&Stop system is activat-
ed, the engine can be restarted by fully depressing the
clutch pedal or by putting the gear lever into neutral. CONTENTS

113
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 114

ENERGY SAVING FUNCTION OPERATING IRREGULARITIES


KNOWING (For versions/markets where provided)
YOUR In the case of malfunctions the Start&Stop system is dis-
VEHICLE If, after the engine has been automatically restarted, the abled. The driver is informed of the problem by the gen-
driver does not take any action for a period of about 3 eral failure warning light A-fig. 121, where provided, com-
minutes, the Start&Stop system will definitively stop the ing on with an information message and the system fail-
SAFETY engine to avoid fuel consumption. In these cases, the en- ure symbol B-fig. 121 on the control panel. In this case,
gine can be restarted only by using the key. contact a Fiat Dealership.
NB In any case, it is possible to keep the engine running
STARTING by deactivating the Start&Stop system.
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0203m
fig. 121
114
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 115

CAR INACTIVITY EMERGENCY STARTING


KNOWING
If the vehicle is not used for a long period (or if the bat- When jump starting, never connect the negative lead (–) YOUR
tery is replaced), it is necessary to disconnect the battery of the auxiliary battery to the negative pole A-fig. 123 of VEHICLE
electric supply; to execute this type of operation very care- the car battery, but rather to an engine/gearbox earth
fully proceed as follows: point.
❒ press the button A-fig. 122 to remove the connector SAFETY
B from the sensor C monitoring the battery conditions
(the latter is on the negative pole of the battery).
STARTING
AND DRIVING
WARNING
When replacing the battery, always go to
a Fiat Dealership. Replace the battery us- WARNING LIGHTS
ing a new one of the same type (HEAVY DUTY) AND MESSAGES
and having the same specifications.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0643m F0U0802m
fig. 122 fig. 123
115
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 116

IMPORTANT WARNING
KNOWING
YOUR For cars with a Dualogic transmission, if
VEHICLE WARNING the engine cuts out automatically on a
Before opening the bonnet, make sure gradient, it is advisable to restart the engine by
that the car is switched off and the key is moving the gear lever towards (+) or (-) without
SAFETY in the OFF position. Follow the instructions on the releasing the brake pedal. For vehicles with Dua-
plate near the front crossmember fig. 124a. It is logic transmission, where the Hill Holder function
advisable to extract the key when there are oth- is present, in case of stop downhills the motor does
er people in the car. The car should always be not cut off automatically, so as to make the Hill
STARTING evacuated after the key has been removed or Holder function - which is active only when the
AND DRIVING turned to the OFF position. During refuelling op- engine is running - available.
erations, it is necessary to make sure that the car
is off with the ignition key in the OFF position.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING WARNING
AND CARE
If you want to prioritise climate comfort,
the Start&Stop system can be disabled to
allow continuous operation of the climate control
TECHNICAL system.
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0206m
fig. 124a
116
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 117

GEAR SHIFT INDICATOR SYSTEM PARKING SENSORS KNOWING


(for versions/markets where provided) (for versions/markets where provided) YOUR
VEHICLE
The “GSI” system (Gear Shift Indicator) advises the driver The parking sensors are located on the rear bumper
to change gear via a signal on the instrument panel (see fig. fig. 125 and their function is to inform the driver, through
124b). an intermittent beeping, of the presence of obstacles be- SAFETY
hind the car.
Through the GSI, where provided, the driver is advised
that changing gear will reduce fuel consumption.
ACTIVATION
Therefore, for driving oriented towards cutting fuel con-
The sensors are automatically activated when the reverse STARTING
sumption, it is recommended to follow the suggestions
gear is engaged. AND DRIVING
of the Gear Shift Indicator.
When the SHIFT UP icon (N SHIFT) is shown on the dis- As the distance from the obstacle behind the car decreases,
play, the GSI is advising the driver to select a higher gear, the beeping becomes more frequent. WARNING LIGHTS
while the SHIFT DOWN icon (O SHIFT) suggests a low- AND MESSAGES
er gear should be engaged. AUDIBLE WARNING
When reverse gear is engaged a buzzer warning is auto-
matically activated if there is an obstacle within the range IN AN
of operation. EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0651m F0U0624m
fig. 124b fig. 125
117
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 118

The beeping:
KNOWING The sensor must be clean of mud, dirt, snow
YOUR ❒ increases as the distance between the car and the ob- or ice in order for the system to work. Be
VEHICLE stacle decreases; careful not to scratch or damage the sen-
❒ becomes continuous when the distance between the sors while cleaning them. Avoid using dry, rough or
car and the obstacle is less than around 30 cm and stops hard cloths. The sensors should be washed with
SAFETY immediately if the distance increases; clean water, possibly with some car shampoo.
❒ is constant if the distance is unvaried; if this situation oc-
curs for the side sensors, the beeping will stop after
about 3 seconds to avoid, for example, warning indica-
STARTING tions in the event of manoeuvres alongside walls. WARNING
AND DRIVING The driver always has ultimate responsi-
Detection distances bility for parking and other dangerous ma-
noeuvres. When parking, make sure that no-one
WARNING LIGHTS If several obstacles are detected by the sensors, only the is standing in the area, especially children or an-
AND MESSAGES nearest one is considered. imals. The parking sensors are designed to assist
drivers: in all cases, you must always pay the ut-
FAILURE INDICATIONS most attention during potentially dangerous ma-
IN AN See “Warning lights and messages” section. noeuvres, even when carried out at low speed.
EMERGENCY
OPERATION WITH TRAILER
The operation of the sensors is automatically deactivated
SERVICING when the trailer electric plug is inserted in the car tow
AND CARE hook socket.
The sensors are automatically enabled again when the trail-
TECHNICAL er cable plug is removed.
SPECIFICATIONS When using special washing equipment such as high pres-
sure jets or steam cleaning, clean the sensors very quick-
ly keeping the jet more than 10 cm away.
CONTENTS

118
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 119

GENERAL WARNINGS SOUND SYSTEM KNOWING


❒ When parking, watch out for obstacles that may be (for versions/markets where provided) YOUR
above or under the sensors. VEHICLE
❒ Sometimes, objects placed close to the car are not de- For the operation of the radio with CD/MP3 player (where
tected and could therefore cause damage to the car or provided), read the Supplement attached to this Owner
be damaged themselves. Handbook. SAFETY
❒ Indications sent by the sensors can be altered by dirt,
snow or ice deposited on the sensors or by ultrasound SOUND SYSTEM CAPABILITY
systems (e.g. truck pneumatic brakes or pneumatic ham- (for versions/markets where provided)
mers) near the car. The system consists of: STARTING
AND DRIVING
The following conditions may influence the performance ❒ sound system power cables;
of the parking sensor system: ❒ front and rear speaker connecting wires;
❒ Reduced sensor sensitivity and a reduction in the park- ❒ aerial power cable; WARNING LIGHTS
ing assistance system performance could be due to the ❒ 2 tweeters on front doors (30W max power each); AND MESSAGES
presence on the surface of the sensor of: ice, snow, mud,
thick paint.
❒ The sensor may detect a non-existent obstacle (echo IN AN
interference) due to mechanical interferences, for ex- EMERGENCY
ample when washing the vehicle, rain (strong wind), hail.
❒ The indications sent by the sensor can also be altered
by the presence of ultrasonic devices (e.g. pneumatic SERVICING
brake systems or pneumatic drills) near the car. AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0109m
fig. 126
119
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 120

❒ 2 mid-woofers on front doors (165 mm diameter, 40W SATELLITE NAVIGATION SYSTEM


KNOWING max power each);
YOUR CAPABILITY
VEHICLE ❒ 2 full-range speakers on rear doors and rear valance
panels (130 mm diameter, 40W max power each); (for versions/markets where available)
❒ radio aerial wire; On cars equipped with the Blue&Me™ system, there may
SAFETY ❒ aerial. be (on request) capacity to install the Blue&Me™ Tom-
Tom®satellite navigation system, which is available from
Sound system installation Lineaccessori Fiat.
STARTING The sound system must be installed in the place occupied Install the navigation system by inserting the specific sup-
AND DRIVING by the central oddments compartment, where you will find port bracket into the housing shown in fig. 127.
the wiring.
To extract the compartment, press in the points shown in
WARNING LIGHTS the diagram corresponding to the retainer systems.
AND MESSAGES

WARNING
IN AN
EMERGENCY For connection to the preset cables, con-
tact a Fiat Dealership to prevent any prob-
lem that could impair car safety.
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0110m
fig. 127
120
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 121

ACCESSORIES PURCHASED Fiat Auto S.p.A. authorises the installation of transceiving


KNOWING
BY THE OWNER devices provided that they are installed by a specialised
centre according to rules of good engineering practice in YOUR
compliance with the manufacturer’s instructions. VEHICLE
If, after buying the vehicle, you decide to install electrical
accessories that require a permanent electrical supply IMPORTANT Traffic police may not allow the car on the
(sound system, satellite anti-theft system, etc.) or ones that road if devices have been installed which modify the features
of the car. This may also cause invalidation of warranty in SAFETY
drain the battery, contact a Fiat Dealership, whose quali-
fied personnel, besides suggesting the most suitable de- relation to faults caused by the change or either directly
vices from Lineaccessori Fiat, will also check whether the or indirectly related to it.
vehicle’s electrics are able to withstand the load required, Fiat Auto S.p.A. shall not be liable for damage caused by STARTING
or whether they need to be integrated with a more pow- the installation of accessories either not supplied or rec- AND DRIVING
erful battery. ommended by Fiat Auto S.p.A. and/or not installed in com-
pliance with the provided instructions.
WARNING WARNING LIGHTS
RADIOTRANSMITTERS AND MOBILE AND MESSAGES
Take care when fitting additional spoilers, PHONES
alloy wheels or non-standard wheel hubs: Radio transmitter equipment (vehicle mobile phones, CB
they could reduce the ventilation of the brakes radios, amateur radio etc.) shall not be used inside the IN AN
and affect efficiency under sharp, repeated brak- car unless a separate aerial is mounted on the roof. EMERGENCY
ing or on long descents. Make sure that nothing
obstructs the pedals (mats, etc.) IMPORTANT The use of these devices inside the pas-
senger compartment (without a separate aerial) may cause
the vehicle electrical systems to malfunction. This could SERVICING
compromise safety in addition to constituting a potential AND CARE
INSTALLING ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC hazard for passengers’ health.
DEVICES
In addition, transmission and reception of these devices
Electrical and electronic devices installed after buying the may be affected by the shielding effect of the car body. TECHNICAL
car in the context of after-sales service must carry the fol- As far as the use of EC-approved mobile phones is con- SPECIFICATIONS
lowing label: cerned (GSM, GPRS, UMTS), follow the instructions for
use provided by the mobile phone manufacturer.
CONTENTS

121
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 122

KNOWING
REFUELLING THE CAR When using or parking the vehicle for a long time in the
mountains or cold areas, it is advisable to refuel using lo-
YOUR cally available diesel. In this case, it is also advisable to keep
VEHICLE PETROL ENGINES the tank over 50% full.
Use only unleaded petrol.
SAFETY To avoid mistakes, the diameter of the fuel tank opening is For diesel engines, use only diesel fuel for
too small to insert the nozzle of a leaded petrol pump. The motor vehicles in accordance with EN590
petrol octane rating (RON) must not be lower than 95. European specifications. The use of other
IMPORTANT An inefficient catalytic converter leads to products or mixtures may damage the engine be-
STARTING yond repair and consequently invalidate the war-
AND DRIVING harmful exhaust emissions, thus contributing to air pol-
lution. ranty, depending on the damage caused. If you ac-
cidentally introduce other types of fuel into the
IMPORTANT Never use leaded petrol, even in small tank, do not start the engine. Empty the tank. If the
WARNING LIGHTS amounts or in an emergency, as this would damage the engine has run, even for a very short time, you will
AND MESSAGES catalytic converter beyond repair. need to have the entire fuel system emptied in ad-
dition to the tank.
DIESEL ENGINES
IN AN If the outside temperature is very low, the diesel thick-
EMERGENCY ens due to the formation of paraffin clots and could clog
the diesel filter. In order to avoid these problems, differ- FUEL TANK CAP fig. 128
ent types of diesel are distributed according to the season: To carry out refuelling, open lid A and unscrew cap B;
SERVICING summer type, winter type and arctic type (cold, moun- the cap is fitted with a device C which fastens it to the lid
AND CARE tainous areas). so it cannot be mislaid.
If refuelling with diesel fuel whose specifications are not In some versions, cap B have a lock and key: open lid A,
suitable for the usage temperature, it is advisable to mix insert the ignition key then turn it anti-clockwise and un-
TECHNICAL TUTELA DIESEL ART additive in the proportions shown screw the cap itself.
SPECIFICATIONS on the container with the fuel. Pour the additive into the
tank before the fuel. The hermetic seal may cause a slight increase in pressure
in the tank. A suction noise when you release the cap is
therefore entirely normal.
CONTENTS
When refuelling, attach the cap to the device inside the
flap as shown in fig. 128.
122
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 123

WARNING PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT KNOWING


Do not bring naked flames or lit cigarettes
The devices for reducing petrol engine emissions are the YOUR
near to the fuel tank opening: fire risk.
following: VEHICLE
Keep your face away from the fuel tank opening
to avoid breathing in harmful vapours. ❒ three-way catalytic converter;
❒ Lambda sensors; SAFETY
❒ fuel evaporation prevention system.

Filling the tank In addition, do not let the engine run, even for a test, with
one or more spark plugs disconnected. The following de- STARTING
To fill the tank completely, top up twice after the first click vices are used for reducing diesel fuel engine emissions: AND DRIVING
of the trigger. Further top ups could cause faults in the ❒ oxidising catalytic converter;
fuel supply system.
❒ exhaust gas recirculation system (EGR.);
❒ diesel particulate filter (DPF) (for versions/markets WARNING LIGHTS
where provided). AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0111m
fig. 128
123
078-124 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 9:55 Pagina 124

WARNING DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER (DPF)


KNOWING (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR The diesel particulate filter (DPF) (for ver-
VEHICLE sions/markets where required) reaches The Diesel Particulate Filter is a mechanical filter, inte-
high temperatures during normal operation. gral to the exhaust system, that physically traps particu-
Therefore do not therefore park the vehicle on in- lates present in the exhaust gases of diesel engines.
SAFETY flammable materials (grass, dry leaves, pine nee- It is needed to eliminate almost all particulates in compli-
dles, etc.): fire hazard. ance with current/future legislation.
During normal use of the vehicle, the engine control unit
records a set of data (e.g. travel time, type of route, tem-
STARTING peratures, etc.) and it will then calculate how much par-
AND DRIVING ticulate has been trapped by the filter.
WARNING Since this filter physically traps particulate, it should be re-
The catalytic converter also reaches high generated (cleaned) at regular intervals by burning the car-
WARNING LIGHTS temperatures during normal operation. bon particles.
AND MESSAGES Do not park the vehicle on grass, dry leaves, pine The regeneration procedure is handled automatically by
needles or other flammable material: fire hazard. the engine control unit according to the filter conditions
and vehicle use conditions.
IN AN During regeneration, the following may occur: a limited in-
EMERGENCY crease in the engine speed, activation of the fan, a limited
increase in fumes and high temperatures at the exhaust.
These are not faults; they do not impair vehicle perfor-
mance or damage the environment.
SERVICING If the dedicated message is displayed, refer to the “Warn-
AND CARE ing lights and messages” section.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

124
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 125

SAFETY KNOWING
CONOSCENZA
DELLA
YOUR
SEAT BELTS The reel may lock when the car is parked on a steep slope: VETTURA
VEHICLE
this is perfectly normal. Furthermore, the reel mechanism
locks the belt if it is pulled sharply or in the event of sud-
USING THE SEAT BELTS fig. 129 den braking, collisions and high-speed bends. SAFETY
The belt should be worn keeping the torso straight and The rear seat is fitted with inertia seat belts with three an-
rested against the back of the seat. chor points and a reel.
To fasten the seat belts, hold the tongue A and insert it in-
to the buckle B, until the locking click is heard. STARTING
AVVIAMENTO
If the seat belt jams, let it rewind for a short stretch, then WARNING E GUIDA
AND DRIVING
pull it out again without jerking. Never press button C-fig. 129 when trav-
To unfasten the seat belts, press button C. Guide the seat elling.
belt with your hand while it is rewinding, to prevent it from WARNING
SPIE E LIGHTS
twisting. MESSAGGI
AND MESSAGES
Through the reel, the belt automatically adapts to the body
of the passenger wearing it, allowing freedom of move- The rear seat belts must be worn as per fig. 130 (with safe-
ment. ty belt for the middle seat) or as per fig. 130a (two rear IN
IN AN
EMERGENZA
seats, for versions/markets where provided). EMERGENCY

MANUTENZIONE
SERVICING
E CURACARE
AND

TECHNICAL
DATI TECNICI
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS
INDICE

F0U0112m F0U0113m F0U0803m


fig. 129 fig. 130 fig. 130a
125
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 126

IMPORTANT When the red band next to the backrest WARNING


CONOSCENZA
KNOWING folding levers fig. 131 disappears, it means the backrest is
DELLA
YOUR properly secured. If you can still see the red band, the back- Ensure that the backrest is properly se-
VETTURA
VEHICLE rest is not securely fastened. When returning the backrest cured on both sides so that it does not fly
to its normal position, make sure it is correctly fastened forwards in the event of sharp braking and injure
and you hear the lock click. passengers.
SAFETY
IMPORTANT After putting the seats back to their normal
position, make sure the seat belts are positioned so they
are ready to use.
AVVIAMENTO
STARTING SBR SYSTEM
AND DRIVING
E GUIDA (for versions/markets where provided)

WARNING The car is fitted with the SBR system (Seat Belt Reminder),
WARNING LIGHTS
SPIE E Remember that, in the event of a violent
consisting of a warning sound which, together with the
MESSAGGI
AND MESSAGES collision, back seat passengers not wearing
warning light < lighting up on the instrument panel, alerts
the driver and front passenger (for versions/markets
seat belts represent a serious danger not only to where provided) that their seat belt is not fastened.
themselves but also to the front seat passengers.
IN AN
IN EMERGENZA For permanent deactivation, contact a Fiat Dealership.
EMERGENCY With a digital display, the SBR system can be reactivated
only at a Fiat Dealership.
With a multifunction display, the SBR system can also be
MANUTENZIONE
SERVICING re-enabled through the setup menu.
ANDE CARE
CURA

TECHNICAL
DATI TECNICI
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS
INDICE

F0U0114m
fig. 131
126
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 127

PRETENSIONERS WARNING KNOWING


CONOSCENZA
The pretensioner can be used only once. DELLA
YOUR
To increase the efficiency of the seat belts, the car is fit- Go to a Fiat Dealership to have it replaced VETTURA
VEHICLE
ted with front pretensioners. These devices, in the event after it has been deployed. Consult the label in
of a violent crash, rewind the seat belts by a few cen- the glove box to check the status of the preten-
timetres. In this way, they ensure that the seat belt adheres sioners. Go to a Fiat Dealership to have the de-
perfectly to the wearer before the restraining action be- SAFETY
vice replaced when the expiration date ap-
gins. proaches.
The seat belt reel locks to indicate that the pretension-
ers have intervened; the seat belt cannot be drawn back STARTING
AVVIAMENTO
up even when guiding it manually. E GUIDA
AND DRIVING
This car is equipped with a second pretensioner (in the
kick plate area). Its activation is signalled by the shorten- Operations which lead to knocks, vibrations
ing of the metal cable. WARNING
SPIE E LIGHTS
or localised heating (over 100°C for a max- MESSAGGI
AND MESSAGES
IMPORTANT To obtain the highest degree of protection imum of 6 hours) in the area around the
from the action of the pretensioning device, wear the seat pretensioners may cause damage or trigger them.
so it fits snugly over the chest and hips. These devices are not affected by vibrations caused
by irregularities of the road surface or low obsta- IN
IN AN
EMERGENZA
A slight amount of smoke may be detected during opera- cles such as kerbs, etc. Contact a Fiat Dealership EMERGENCY
tion of the pretensioners. This smoke is not harmful and for any assistance.
does not indicate a fire.
The pretensioner does not require any maintenance or lu- MANUTENZIONE
SERVICING
brication. E CURACARE
AND
Anything that modifies its original conditions invalidates its LOAD LIMITERS
efficiency. TECHNICAL
To increase passenger safety, the front seat belt reels con- DATI TECNICI
SPECIFICATIONS
If, due to unusual natural events (floods, sea storms, etc.), tain a load limiter which controls the force acting on the
the device has been affected by water and mud, it must chest and shoulders during the belt restraining action in
be replaced. the event of a head-on collision.
CONTENTS
INDICE

127
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 128

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING WARNING


KNOWING THE SEAT BELTS
YOUR The belt must not be twisted. The upper
VEHICLE The driver is responsible for respecting, and ensuring that part must cross the shoulder and the chest
all the other occupants of the car also respect, the local diagonally. The lower part must adhere to the hips
laws in force in relation to the use of the seat belts. Al- fig. 133, not to the abdomen. Do not use devices
SAFETY ways fasten the seat belts before setting off. (clips, clamps, etc.) that prevent the belts from be-
Seat belts must also be worn by expectant mothers: the ing snug to the passenger’s body.
risk of injury in the event of an accident is greatly reduced
STARTING for them and the unborn child if they are wearing a seat
AND DRIVING belt.
Of course, mothers-to-be must position the lower part of WARNING
the belt very low down so that it passes over the pelvis For maximum protection, keep the back-
WARNING LIGHTS and under the abdomen fig. 132. rest straight: lean back into the backrest
AND MESSAGES and keep the seat belt fairly tight across the chest
and hips. Always fasten the seat belts on both the
front and the rear seats! Travelling without seat
IN AN belts fastened increases the risk of serious injuries
EMERGENCY or even death in the event of a crash.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0115m F0U0116m
fig. 132 fig. 133
128
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 129

WARNING WARNING KNOWING


Under no circumstances should the seat Each seat belt must be worn by one per- YOUR
belt and pretensioner components be re- son only; passengers should not have ba- VEHICLE
moved or tampered with. All operations must be bies or children on their lap and use the belts to
performed by qualified and authorised personnel. protect both of them. In general, do not place any
Always go to a Fiat Dealership. objects between the person and the belt. SAFETY

HOW TO KEEP THE SEAT BELTS EFFECTIVE STARTING


WARNING AND DRIVING
If the belt has been subjected to a heavy Observe the following precautions for correct seat belt
stress, for example after an accident, it maintenance:
should be changed completely together with the ❒ always make sure the belt is well stretched and never WARNING LIGHTS
anchors, anchor fastening screws and the preten- twisted; make sure that it is free to run without ob- AND MESSAGES
sioner. In fact, even if the belt has no visible de- structions;
fects, it could have lost its resilience. ❒ replace the belt after a serious accident, even if it does
not appear damaged. Always replace the seat belt if the IN AN
pretensioners were deployed; EMERGENCY
❒ to clean the belt, wash by hand with water and mild
soap, rinse and leave to dry in the shade. Do not use
strong detergents, bleach, paints or any other chemi- SERVICING
cals which could damage the belt fibres; AND CARE
❒ prevent the reels from getting wet: their correct op-
eration is guaranteed only if water does not get inside;
❒ replace the seat belt when it shows signs of significant TECHNICAL
wear or cuts. SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0117m
fig. 134
129
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 130

KNOWING
CARRYING CHILDREN When over 1.50 m in height, from the point of view of
SAFELY restraint systems, children are considered as adults and
YOUR have to wear the standard seat belts.
VEHICLE Lineaccessori Fiat has child seats for each weight group.
For optimum protection in the event of a crash, all pas- These devices are recommended, having been specifically
sengers must be seated and wearing adequate restraint designed for Fiat cars.
SAFETY systems.
This is even more important for children.
This prescription is compulsory in all EU countries pur-
suant to Directive 2003/20/EC. GROUPS 0 and 0+
STARTING Compared with an adult, a child’s head is larger and heav-
AND DRIVING Babies up to 13 kg must be carried facing backwards
ier in proportion to his/her body and the child’s muscu- on a cradle seat, which, by supporting the head, does
lar and bone structures are not fully developed. For this not induce stress on the neck in the event of sharp de-
reason, they require restraint systems which are differ- celeration.
WARNING LIGHTS ent from those used by adults to protect them in the event
AND MESSAGES of an accident. The result of research in relation to the The cradle is held in place by the car seat belts fig. 135 and
best protection for children is illustrated in European Reg- in turn it must restrain the child with its own belts.
ulation ECE-R44, which divides the restraint systems in-
IN AN to five groups in addition to making their use compulso-
EMERGENCY ry:
Group 0 up to 10 kg
SERVICING Group 0+ up to 13 kg
AND CARE
Group 1 9-18 kg
Group 2 15-25 kg
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS Group 3 22-36 kg
As you can see, the groups overlap partly and, in fact, there
are devices on sale that cover more than one weight group.
CONTENTS All child restraint devices must bear the certification da-
ta, together with the control brand, on a solidly fixed to
the seat label which must never be removed.
F0U0118m
fig. 135
130
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 131

WARNING WARNING KNOWING


Do not place a cradle seat facing back- SERIOUS HAZARD Should it be ab- YOUR
wards on the front seat if the passenger solutely necessary to carry a child on the VEHICLE
side airbag is enabled. Deployment of the airbag front seat in a backwards-facing cradle
in an accident could cause fatal injuries to the ba- seat, the passenger’s front and side
by regardless of the severity of the collision. It is airbags should be deactivated through the SAFETY
advisable to always carry children in dedicated setup menu. Deactivation can be verified by
child seats on the rear seat, which is the most pro- checking the “ warning light on the instrument
tected position in the event of an accident. panel. Also, the passenger seat should be as far
back as possible to avoid contact between the STARTING
child seat and the dashboard. AND DRIVING

WARNING WARNING LIGHTS


GROUP 1 AND MESSAGES
The diagram is only an indication. For as-
From 9 kg to 18 kg of weight, children may be carried fac- sembly, refer to the instructions supplied
ing forwards. with the child seat.
IN AN
EMERGENCY
WARNING
Some child restraint systems for weight
groups 0 and 1 have a rear attachment SERVICING
and seat belts for securing the child. Due to their AND CARE
weight, they may be dangerous if incorrectly
mounted (e.g. if fastened to the car seat belts with
a cushion in between). Follow the assembly in- TECHNICAL
structions carefully. SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0119m
fig. 136
131
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 132

GROUP 2 GROUP 3
KNOWING
YOUR Starting from 15 kg to 25 kg in weight, children may be re- For children between 22 kg and 36 kg, there are boost-
VEHICLE strained directly by the car belts fig. 137. The only func- ers allowing the seatbelt to fit correctly.
tion of the seat is to position the child correctly in rela-
tion to the belts, so that the diagonal part adheres to the Fig. 138 shows proper child seat positioning on the rear
chest and not to the neck and that the horizontal part fits seat.
SAFETY
over the child’s hips and not the abdomen. Children over 1.50 m in height can wear seat belts like
adults.
STARTING
WARNING
AND DRIVING
The diagram is only an indication. For as-
sembly, refer to the instructions supplied
with the child seat. WARNING
WARNING LIGHTS The diagram is only an indication. For as-
AND MESSAGES sembly, refer to the instructions supplied
with the child seat.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0120m F0U0121m
fig. 137 fig. 138
132
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 133

SUITABILITY OF PASSENGER SEATS FOR CHILD SEAT USE


KNOWING
The car complies with the new European Directive 2000/3/EC which governs the arrangement possibilities for child YOUR
seats on the various seats of the car as shown in the following table: VEHICLE
Front Rear Central
Group Weight range passenger passenger rear SAFETY
passenger
Groups 0, 0+ up to 13 kg U (▼) U *
STARTING
Group 1 9-18 kg U (▼) U * AND DRIVING
Group 2 15-25 kg U (▼) U *
Group 3 22-36 kg U (▼) U * WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Key:
U = suitable for child restraint systems in the “Universal” category, according to European Standard ECE-R44 for the IN AN
specified “Groups”. EMERGENCY
(▼) on cars whose passenger seat is not adjustable in height, the backrest must be perfectly upright.
* Never put any type of child seat on the central rear seat.
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

133
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 134

Below is a summary of the safety rules to be WARNING


KNOWING followed when carrying children:
YOUR Do not place a child seat facing backwards
VEHICLE 1) The recommended position for installing child seats is on the front seat if the passenger side
on the rear seat, as it is the most protected area in the airbag is enabled. Deployment of the airbag in an
event of a crash. accident could cause fatal injuries to the baby re-
SAFETY gardless of the severity of the collision. It is ad-
2) When disengaging the passenger airbag, always check visable to always carry children in a child seat on
the amber warning light on the instrument panel is per- the rear seat, which is the most protected posi-
manently on to make sure that the airbag has actually been tion in the event of a collision.
STARTING deactivated.
AND DRIVING 3) Carefully follow the instructions that came with the
child seat, which the manufacturer must supply by law.
Keep the instructions in the car along with the other doc- “UNIVERSAL ISOFIX”
WARNING LIGHTS uments and this handbook. Do not use second hand child
seats without instructions. CHILD RESTRAINT ASSEMBLY
AND MESSAGES
SETUP
4) Always check the seat belt is well fastened by pulling
on it. The car is provisioned for a Universal Isofix child restraint,
IN AN
EMERGENCY 5) Only one child is to be strapped into each retaining sys- a new European standardised system for carrying children
tem; never carry two children using one child seat. safely. An example of such a seat is shown in fig. 139. The
Universal Isofix child seat covers weight group 1.
6) Always check the seat belts do not rest on the child’s Due to its different attachment system, the Universal Isofix
SERVICING neck. child seat must be anchored to the special low metal rings
AND CARE 7) While travelling, do not let the child sit incorrectly or A-fig. 140, located between the backrest and rear cushion.
release the belts. The upper belt (provided with the child seat) must be then
secured to ring B-fig. 141 located on the back of the back-
TECHNICAL 8) Never carry children on your lap, even newborns. No rest at child seat level. It is possible to have a mixed as-
SPECIFICATIONS one, however strong, can hold a child in the event of an sembly of the traditional child seats and the Universal Isofix
accident. ones.
9) In the event of an accident, replace the child seat with Remember that, in the case of Universal Isofix child seats,
a new one. you can use all those seats bearing the marking ECE R44/03
CONTENTS Universal Isofix.

134
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 135

The Universal Isofix “Duo Plus” child seat and the special WARNING
“G 0/1” seat are available from Lineaccessori Fiat. KNOWING
Fit the child seat when the car is station- YOUR
For any further details on installation/use, refer to the in- ary. The child seat is correctly anchored VEHICLE
struction manual for the child seat. to the brackets when you hear the click. Follow
the instructions for assembly, disassembly and po-
sitioning that the child seat manufacturer must SAFETY
supply.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0123m
fig. 140
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0122m F0U0124m
fig. 139 fig. 141
135
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 136

PASSENGER SEAT COMPLIANCE FOR USING UNIVERSAL ISOFIX CHILD SEATS


KNOWING
YOUR The table below shows the different installation possibilities of Universal Isofix restraint systems on the seats fitted with
VEHICLE Isofix fasteners, in accordance with European standard ECE 16.

Weight group Child seat Isofix size Rear side


SAFETY orientation class Isofix position
Group 0 up to 10 kg Facing backwards E IL

STARTING Facing backwards E IL


AND DRIVING
Group 0+ up 0 to 13 kg Facing backwards D IL

Facing backwards C IL
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES Facing backwards D IL

Facing backwards C IL
IN AN Group I
EMERGENCY Facing forwards B IUF
from 9 to 18 kg
Facing forwards B1 IUF

SERVICING Facing forwards A IUF


AND CARE
IUF: suitable for forward-facing Isofix child restraint systems, universal class (fitted with third upper fastener), approved for the
weight group.
TECHNICAL IL: suitable for specific Isofix-type child restraint systems approved for this type of car. The seat can be installed by moving the
SPECIFICATIONS front seat forward.

CONTENTS

136
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 137

FRONT AIRBAGS Front airbags may not be activated in the following situa-
KNOWING
tions:
YOUR
The car is fitted with front airbags for the driver and the ❒ in collisions against very strangely shaped objects that VEHICLE
passenger, and with a knee bag on the driver’s side (where do not affect the front surface of the car (e.g. wing
provided). collision against guard rail, piles of gravel etc.);
The front driver/passenger airbags and the driver’s knee ❒ jamming of the car underneath other vehicles or pro-
bag (where provided) have been designed to protect the SAFETY
tective barriers (e.g. underneath a truck or a guard rail);
occupants in the event of head-on crashes of medium/high in this case, the bags would offer no additional pro-
severity, by placing the cushion between the occupant and tection with respect to the seat belt and their deploy-
the steering wheel or dashboard. ment is unnecessary. In these cases, non-deployment STARTING
Non-activation in other types of crash (side-on collisions, of the airbag does not necessarily indicate a system mal- AND DRIVING
rear shunts, roll-overs, etc.) is therefore not a sign of sys- function.
tem malfunction.
An electronic control unit causes the bag to inflate, if nec-
essary, in the event of a head-on crash. The bag will inflate WARNING LIGHTS
instantaneously, placing itself between the front occupant’s AND MESSAGES
body and the structures which could cause injury. It will WARNING
deflate immediately afterwards. Do not apply stickers or other objects on
The front driver/passenger airbags and the driver’s knee the steering wheel, passenger side airbag IN AN
bag (where provided) are not a replacement for, but rather cover or upper side upholstery. Do not place ob- EMERGENCY
complement the use of, belts, which should always be jects (e.g. mobile phones) on the passenger side
worn, as specified by law in Europe and most non-Euro- dashboard because these could interfere with the
pean countries. correct opening of the airbag and cause severe in- SERVICING
The volume of the front airbags at maximum inflation fills jury to occupants. AND CARE
most of the space between the steering wheel and the dri-
ver and between the dashboard and the passenger.
In the event of an impact, someone not wearing a seat belt The airbags are not deployed in the event of minor colli- TECHNICAL
could move forward and come into contact with a bag sions (for which the withholding action of the seat belts is SPECIFICATIONS
which is still in the opening phase. The protection offered sufficient). For this reason, the seat belt must be worn at
by the bag is reduced in such a case. all times. In the case of side-on collisions, the seat belts hold
occupants in the correct position and prevent them from
being thrown out of the car by a very violent impact. CONTENTS

137
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 138

FRONT AIRBAG ON DRIVER’S SIDE WARNING


KNOWING fig. 142
YOUR WARNING: Do not put child seats facing
VEHICLE This consists of an instant-inflating bag contained in a spe- backwards on the front seat if the pas-
cial compartment in the centre of the steering wheel. senger’s airbag is enabled (ON). Deploy-
ment of the airbag in an accident could
SAFETY cause fatal injuries to the baby. Should it
be absolutely necessary to place a child seat on
FRONT AIRBAG ON PASSENGER SIDE the front seat, always deactivate the passenger
fig. 143 airbag. Also, the passenger seat should be as far
STARTING This consists of an instant-inflating bag contained in a spe- back as possible to avoid contact between the
AND DRIVING cial compartment in the dashboard: this bag has a larger child seat and the dashboard. Although this is not
volume than that of the driver’s. mandatory by law, the airbag should be immedi-
ately reactivated when children are no longer car-
WARNING LIGHTS ried to ensure better protection for adults.
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0125m F0U0126m
fig. 142 fig. 143
138
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 139

KNEE BAG ON DRIVER’S SIDE fig. 144 MANUAL DEACTIVATION OF FRONT AND
(for versions/markets where provided) KNOWING
SIDE PASSENGER AIRBAGS YOUR
This consists of an instant-inflating bag contained in a spe- (for versions/markets where provided) VEHICLE
cial compartment under the steering wheel at knee level, Should it be absolutely necessary to carry a child on the
designed to give further protection in the event of a head- front seat, the passenger front and side airbags can be de-
on crash. activated. The instrument panel warning light “ will stay SAFETY
on constantly until the passenger front and side airbags are
reactivated.
STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0343m
fig. 144
139
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 140

KNOWING WARNING SIDE AIRBAGS


YOUR To manually deactivate the passenger’s
VEHICLE front and side chest/pelvis airbags (for ver- The car is fitted with front side airbags for driver and pas-
sions/markets where provided), refer to para- senger (for versions/markets where provided) for pro-
graphs “Digital display” and “Multifunction dis- tecting the chest and pelvis, and window bags (for ver-
play” in the section “Dashboard and controls”. sions/markets where provided) for protecting the heads
SAFETY of front and rear occupants.
Side airbags (for versions/markets where provided) pro-
tect car occupants from side-on crashes of medium/high
STARTING severity by placing the bag between the occupant and the
AND DRIVING internal parts of the side structure of the car. Non-acti-
vation of side bags in other types of collisions (head-on
collisions, rear shunts, roll-overs, etc...) is not an indica-
tion of system malfunction. In the event of a side-on crash,
WARNING LIGHTS an electronic control unit triggers the inflation of the bag
AND MESSAGES if required. The cushion immediately inflates, placing it-
self between the occupant’s body and structures that could
cause injuries, the cushion deflates Immediately afterwards.
IN AN Side bags (for versions/markets where provided) are not
EMERGENCY a replacement for, but rather a complement to, the seat
belts, which should be worn at all times as specified by law
in Europe and most non-European countries.
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

140
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 141

SIDE BAGS fig. 145 WINDOW BAGS fig. 146


(for versions/markets where provided) (for versions/markets where provided) KNOWING
YOUR
Front side airbags are housed in the seat backrests. They These consist of two “curtain” cushions, one on the right VEHICLE
consist of an instant-inflation bag designed to increase pro- and the other on the left side of the car, located behind
tection of the occupants’ chest and pelvis zone in the event the side coverings of the roof and covered by appropri-
of a side-on crash of medium/high severity. ate finishings. SAFETY
Window bags have been designed for protecting the head
of front and rear occupants in the event of a side-on col-
lision, thanks to the wide cushion inflation surface.
STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0127m F0U0128m
fig. 145 fig. 146
141
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 142

IMPORTANT In the event of a side-on crash, the system IMPORTANT Should an accident occur in which any of
KNOWING offers the best protection if you have a correct position the safety devices are activated, take the vehicle to a Fiat
YOUR on the seat because this allows the side bags to inflate cor- Dealership to have the activated devices replaced and to
VEHICLE rectly. have the whole system checked.
IMPORTANT The front airbags and/or side bags may be Every control, repair and replacement operation con-
SAFETY deployed if the car is subject to heavy knocks involving the cerning the airbags must be carried out only at Fiat Deal-
underbody area, such as violent shocks against steps, kerbs erships.
or low obstacles, the car falling into big holes or hollows
in the road. If you are having the car scrapped, have the airbag sys-
STARTING tem deactivated at a Fiat Dealership first. If the car changes
AND DRIVING IMPORTANT A small amount of dust will be released ownership, the new owner must be informed of the
when the airbags are deployed. The dust is not harmful method of use of the airbags and the above warnings, and
and does not indicate the beginning of a fire. Furthermore, also be given this “Owner’s Handbook”.
the surface of the deployed bag and the interior of the
WARNING LIGHTS car may be covered in a dusty residue: this may irritate IMPORTANT Pretensioners, front airbags and front side
AND MESSAGES skin and eyes. Wash with mild soap and water in the event bags are deployed differently according to the type of col-
of exposure. lision. Non-deployment of one or more of these devices
does not therefore indicate a system fault.
IN AN The expiration dates of the explosive charge and the clock
EMERGENCY wire are shown on a label contained in the glove box. Go
to a Fiat Dealership to have the devices replaced when the
expiration date approaches.
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

142
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 143

GENERAL WARNINGS WARNING KNOWING


Do not cover the front seat backrest with YOUR
sheets or covers that are not compatible VEHICLE
WARNING with side bags.
Do not rest your head, arms or elbows on
the doors, windows or window bag de- SAFETY
ployment area as you could be injured during the
inflation phase. WARNING
Do not travel with objects in your lap, STARTING
in front of your chest, or between your lips AND DRIVING
(pipes, pencils, etc.). In the event of a crash when
WARNING
the airbag is deployed, you may be seriously in-
Never lean you head, arms or elbows out jured.
of the window. WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

WARNING IN AN
WARNING
If, when turning the key to MAR, the warn-
Always drive keeping your hands on the EMERGENCY
steering wheel rim so that, in the event of
ing light ¬ does not turn on or if it stays airbag activation, it can inflate without obstruc-
on when travelling (together with the message on tion. Do not drive with your body slouched for-
the multifunction display, where provided), there SERVICING
wards; keep the backrest upright and lean back AND CARE
could be a failure in the safety systems; if this is into it.
the case, the airbags or pretensioners may not trig-
ger in the event of an accident or, in a minor num-
ber of cases, they could activate incorrectly. Con- TECHNICAL
tact a Fiat Dealership immediately to have the SPECIFICATIONS
system checked before driving off.

CONTENTS

143
125-144 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:56 Pagina 144

KNOWING WARNING WARNING


YOUR If the key is turned to MAR, even if the en- Do not pressure wash the seats with steam
VEHICLE gine is switched off, airbags may be de- or water (either by hand or at automatic
ployed when the car is stationary and hit by an- seat washing stations).
other vehicle. For this reason, young children must
SAFETY never sit on the front seat, even if the car is not
moving. We remind you that if the key is turned WARNING
to the STOP position, no safety device (airbag or
pretensioner) activates following a collision. Non- The front airbags deploy in the event of
STARTING deployment in such cases should not be consid- more severe collisions than those required
AND DRIVING ered as the sign of a malfunction. for deploying the pretensioners. For collisions in
the range between the two activation thresholds,
pretensioner activation alone is normal.
WARNING LIGHTS WARNING
AND MESSAGES
If the car has been stolen or has been the WARNING
subject of an attempted theft, if it has Do not hook rigid objects to clothes hang-
IN AN been vandalised or flooded, have the airbag sys- ers and support handles.
EMERGENCY tem checked at a Fiar Dealership.

WARNING
SERVICING WARNING The airbag does not replace seat belts; it
AND CARE When the ignition key is turned to MAR, increases their effectiveness. Furthermore,
the warning light “ turns on (with front since front airbags are not deployed in low speed
airbag on passenger’s side enabled) and blinks for collisions, side-on collisions, rear-end shunts or
TECHNICAL a few seconds to remind you that the passenger roll-overs, the passengers are protected only by
SPECIFICATIONS airbag will activate in the event of a collision. Then the seat belts which must therefore be fastened
it turns off. at all times.

CONTENTS

144
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:49 Pagina 145

STARTING AND DRIVING KNOWING


YOUR
STARTING THE ENGINE WARNING
VEHICLE
It is dangerous to let the engine run in en-
The car is fitted with an electronic engine lock device: if closed spaces. The engine consumes oxy-
the engine fails to start, see the paragraph on “The Fiat SAFETY
gen and produces carbon dioxide, carbon monox-
CODE system” in the “Dashboard and controls” section. ide and other toxic gases.
The engine may be noisier during the first few seconds of
operation, particularly after a long period of inactivity. This
is a feature of hydraulic tappets, the timing system cho- STARTING
sen to reduce the number of servicing interventions, and AND DRIVING
WARNING
effects neither functionality nor reliability.
Remember that the brake booster and
power steering are not operational until WARNING LIGHTS
the engine has been started, therefore you need AND MESSAGES
to apply much more force than usual to the brake
In the first period of use, we recommend pedal and steering wheel.
that you do not demand maximum perfor-
mance from the car (e.g. excessive accel- IN AN
eration, extended travel at maximum revs, heavy EMERGENCY
braking etc.). STARTING PROCEDURE FOR PETROL
VERSIONS
SERVICING
Proceed as follows: AND CARE
With the engine off, do not leave the ❒ ensure that the handbrake is on;
key in the ignition to prevent draining the ❒ put the gear lever into neutral;
battery. TECHNICAL
❒ fully depress the clutch pedal without touching the ac- SPECIFICATIONS
celerator;
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV and let it go the moment
the engine starts.
CONTENTS
If the engine does not start at the first attempt, return
the ignition key to STOP before repeating the procedure.
145
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:49 Pagina 146

If, when the ignition key is at MAR, the instrument panel If the engine does not start at the first attempt, return
KNOWING warning light Y remains on together with warning light the ignition key to STOP before repeating the procedure.
YOUR U, turn the key to STOP and then back to MAR; if the
VEHICLE warning light remains on, try with the other keys provid- If, when the ignition key is at MAR, the instrument panel
ed with the car. warning light Y remains on together with warning light
m, turn the key to STOP and then back to MAR; if the
SAFETY IMPORTANT If the instrument panel warning light Y warning lights remain on, try with the other keys provid-
stays on permanently, contact a Fiat Dealership immedi- ed with the car.
ately.
IMPORTANT If the instrument panel warning light Y
IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key at MAR when stays on permanently, contact a Fiat Dealership immedi-
STARTING the engine is off.
AND DRIVING ately.
IMPORTANT Never leave the ignition key at MAR when
the engine is off.
WARNING LIGHTS STARTING PROCEDURE FOR DIESEL
AND MESSAGES VERSIONS
Proceed as follows:
IN AN ❒ ensure that the handbrake is on;
EMERGENCY
❒ put the gear lever into neutral;
Warning light m will blink for 60 seconds
❒ turn the ignition key to MAR: the warning lights m and after starting or during prolonged crank-
SERVICING Y on the instrument panel will turn on; ing to indicate a fault with the glow plug
AND CARE ❒ wait for the warning lights Y and m to turn off. The system. Use the car as normal if the engine starts,
hotter the engine is, the quicker this will happen; but go to a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
❒ fully depress the clutch pedal without touching the ac-
TECHNICAL celerator;
SPECIFICATIONS
❒ turn the ignition key to AVV as soon as warning light
m goes out. If you wait too long, you will lose the ben-
efit of the heating work done by the glow plugs. Release
CONTENTS the key as soon as the engine starts.

146
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:49 Pagina 147

WARMING UP THE ENGINE AFTER IT HAS STOPPING THE ENGINE


JUST STARTED (petrol and diesel versions) KNOWING
Turn the ignition key to STOP while the engine is idling. YOUR
Proceed as follows:
IMPORTANT After a long drive, you should allow the en- VEHICLE
❒ drive off slowly at medium revs, and accelerate gine to “catch its breath” before turning it off by letting it
smoothly; idle to allow the temperature in the engine compartment
❒ do not demand maximum performance for the first few to fall. SAFETY
kilometres. Wait until the engine coolant gauge starts
moving.
STARTING
A quick burst on the accelerator before AND DRIVING
turning off the engine serves absolutely no
practical purpose; it wastes fuel and is es-
Remember that the brake booster and pow- pecially damaging to turbocharged engines. WARNING LIGHTS
er steering are not operational until the en- AND MESSAGES
gine has been started, so you need to apply
much more force than usual to the brake pedal and
steering wheel. IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE
Never jump start the engine by pushing,
towing or driving downhill. This could cause
fuel to flow into the catalytic converter and TECHNICAL
damage it beyond repair. SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

147
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:49 Pagina 148

KNOWING
PARKING THE VEHICLE HANDBRAKE fig. 147
YOUR Proceed as follows: The handbrake lever is located to the left side of the dri-
VEHICLE ❒ stop the engine and engage the handbrake; ver’s seat. Pull the lever upwards to operate the handbrake.
❒ engage a gear (first gear if the vehicle is parked uphill Four or five notches are normally sufficient to secure the
or reverse if it is facing downhill) and leave the wheels car on flat terrain, while nine or ten may be necessary on
SAFETY turned. a steep slope with the car loaded.
If the car is parked on a steep slope, it is further advis- IMPORTANT If this is not the case, contact a Fiat Deal-
able to block the wheels with a wedge or stone. Do not ership to have the handbrake adjusted.
STARTING leave the key in the ignition as this drains the battery. When the handbrake is on and the ignition key is at MAR,
AND DRIVING Always remove the key when you leave the car. the instrument panel warning light x will come on.
To release the handbrake, proceed as follows:
WARNING LIGHTS ❒ pull up slightly on the lever and press release button A;
WARNING
AND MESSAGES ❒ hold button A down and lower the lever. The x
Never leave children unattended in the
car. Always remove the ignition key when warning light on the instrument panel will go out.
IN AN leaving the car and take it with you. Press the brake pedal when carrying out this operation
EMERGENCY to prevent the car from moving accidentally.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0129m
fig. 147
148
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:49 Pagina 149

USING THE MANUAL GEARBOX IMPORTANT The clutch pedal should be used only for
KNOWING
changing gear. Do not drive with your foot resting on the
clutch pedal, however slightly. For versions/markets where YOUR
To engage the gears, depress the clutch pedal fully and shift VEHICLE
the gear lever into the required positions (the diagram is provided, the electronic clutch control can intervene if it
shown on the gear knob fig. 148). interprets the incorrect driving style as a fault.
To engage 6th gear (for versions/markets where provided), SAFETY
push firmly to the right when operating the lever in or-
der to avoid selecting 4th gear by mistake. The same ap-
plies to the shift from 6th to 5th gear. WARNING
Depress the clutch pedal fully to change STARTING
IMPORTANT Reverse may be engaged only when the car gear correctly. Therefore, the floor area AND DRIVING
is at a standstill. With the engine running, wait for at least under the pedals should be clear: ensure that any
2 seconds with the clutch pedal fully depressed before en- rubber mats are flat and do not interfere with the
gaging reverse to prevent damage to the gears and grating. pedals. WARNING LIGHTS
With 6 speed gearbox, to engage reverse R from neutral, AND MESSAGES
lift ring A under the knob and at the same time move the
gearstick to the right and then backwards fig. 148.
IN AN
Do not drive with your hand resting on the EMERGENCY
gear lever, because this pressure, even if
light, can wear out the inner components
of the gearbox over time. SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0645m
fig. 148
149
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:49 Pagina 150

KNOWING
SAVING FUEL Electrical devices
YOUR Use electrical devices only for the amount of time need-
VEHICLE Here are some suggestions which may help you to save fu- ed. The heated rear window, auxiliary headlights, wind-
el and reduce the amount of toxic emissions released in- screen wipers and fan heater use up a considerable amount
to the atmosphere. of current, causing increased fuel consumption (up to
SAFETY +25% in the urban cycle).
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
Air conditioning
Car maintenance
STARTING Air conditioning leads to higher fuel consumption (on av-
Have checks and adjustments carried out in accordance erage up to +20%). If the temperature outside is not too
AND DRIVING with the “Scheduled Servicing Plan”. extreme, try and use the air vents.
Tyres Spoilers
WARNING LIGHTS Check the tyre pressures at least once every 4 weeks: if
AND MESSAGES the pressure is too low, consumption levels increase as re-
The use of non-certified spoilers may adversely affect aero-
dynamics and fuel consumption.
sistance to rolling is higher.
IN AN Unnecessary loads DRIVING STYLE
EMERGENCY
Do not travel with an overloaded boot. The weight of Starting
the car (especially when driving in town) and its arrange-
ment greatly affect fuel consumption and stability. Do not warm up the engine at low or high revs when the
SERVICING vehicle is stationary; this causes the engine to warm up more
AND CARE slowly, thereby increasing fuel consumption and emissions.
Roof rack/ski rack
It is advisable to set off immediately and slowly, avoiding high
Remove the roof rack or ski rack from the roof after use. revs: this allows the engine to warm up more quickly.
TECHNICAL These accessories decrease aerodynamic penetration and
SPECIFICATIONS have a negative effect on fuel consumption. It is better to Unnecessary actions
use a trailer to transport particularly bulky objects.
Avoid revving up when stationary at traffic lights or before
stopping the engine. The latter action, like double de-
CONTENTS clutching, is entirely unnecessary and causes increased fu-
el consumption and pollution.

150
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:49 Pagina 151

Gear selection CONDITIONS OF USE


KNOWING
Use a higher gear as soon as traffic and road conditions al-
Cold starting YOUR
low. Using a low gear for faster acceleration will increase VEHICLE
fuel consumption. In the same way, improper use of a high Short distances and frequent cold start-ups will prevent the
gear increases consumption, emissions and engine wear. engine from reaching optimal running temperature. Con-
sequently, both fuel consumption (from +15 to +30% on SAFETY
Top speed the urban cycle) and emissions will increase.
Fuel consumption considerably increases as speed in-
creases. Keep your speed as even as possible, avoiding un- Traffic and road conditions
STARTING
necessary braking and acceleration, which cause excessive Heavy traffic, for instance when travelling in a queue with AND DRIVING
fuel consumption and increased emissions. frequent use of low gears or in cities with lots of traffic
lights, causes fairly high fuel consumption. Mountain roads
Acceleration and uneven surfaces also have a negative effect on con-
sumption. WARNING LIGHTS
Accelerating violently severely affects consumption and AND MESSAGES
emissions: acceleration should be gradual and should not
exceed the maximum torque. Traffic hold-ups
During prolonged hold-ups (e.g. at level crossings) the en- IN AN
gine should be switched off. EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

151
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:49 Pagina 152

KNOWING
TOWING TRAILERS WARNING
YOUR The ABS with which the car may be
VEHICLE IMPORTANT NOTES equipped will not control the braking sys-
tem of the trailer. Particular caution is therefore
The car must be equipped with an approved tow hook and required on slippery roads.
adequate electrical system to tow caravans or trailers. In-
SAFETY stallation must be performed by specialised personnel who
will issue the required papers for travelling on roads.
Install any specific and/or additional rear-view mirrors in WARNING
STARTING accordance with the highway code of the country in which
AND DRIVING you are travelling. Never modify the braking system of the
car to control the trailer brake. The trail-
Remember that, when towing a trailer, steep hills are hard- er braking system must be fully independent from
er to climb, braking distances increase and overtaking takes the hydraulic system of the car.
WARNING LIGHTS longer relative to the overall weight of the trailer.
AND MESSAGES
Engage a low gear when driving downhill, rather than con-
stantly using the brake.
IN AN The weight of the trailer on the car’s tow hook will re-
EMERGENCY duce the load capacity of the car by the same amount. Con-
sider the weight of the trailer fully laden, including acces-
sories and luggage, to make sure you do not exceed the
SERVICING maximum towable weight (shown on the vehicle regis-
AND CARE tration document).
Respect each country’s speed limits for vehicles towing
trailers. The top speed must not exceed 100 km/h at any
TECHNICAL time.
SPECIFICATIONS
You should fit a suitable stabiliser to the trailer.

CONTENTS

152
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:49 Pagina 153

INSTALLING THE TOW HOOK An electric brake or winch should be powered directly by
the battery through a cable with a cross-section of no less KNOWING
The towing device should be fastened to the body by spe- than 2.5 mm2. YOUR
cialised personnel in accordance with any additional infor- VEHICLE
mation supplied by the manufacturer of the device. IMPORTANT The engine must be running to use the elec-
tric brake or winch.
The towing device must meet current regulations with ref-
erence to Directive 94/20/EC and subsequent amendments. In addition to the electrical branches, the vehicle’s elec- SAFETY
trical system can be connected only to the supply cable for
For any version, the towing device used must be right for an electric brake and to the cable for an internal trailer
the towable weight of the car on which it is to be installed. light, though not above 15W.
STARTING
For the electric connection a unified connector should be For connections, use the preset control unit with a bat- AND DRIVING
used, which is generally placed on a special bracket fastened tery cable no less than 2.5 mm2.
to the towing device, and a special ECU should be installed
on the car to control the trailer’s exterior lights. 7 or 13-
pin 12VDC connections should be used (CUNA/UNI and WARNING LIGHTS
ISO/DIN Standards). Follow any instructions provided by AND MESSAGES
the car manufacturer and/or the towing device manufac-
turer.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

153
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:50 Pagina 154

Assembly diagram fig. 149


KNOWING
YOUR The tow hook structure must be fas-
VEHICLE tened at the points marked by Ø us-
ing a total of 6 M10 screws.
The internal back plates should be at
SAFETY least 6 mm thick.

Laden
The hook should be fastened to the
Existing
hole body avoiding any type of drilling of
STARTING the rear bumper that remains visible
AND DRIVING Existing
screw when the hook is removed.
IMPORTANT It is compulsory to at-
Existing tach a label (plainly visible) of suitable
WARNING LIGHTS hole
size and material at the same level as
AND MESSAGES the hitch ball, with the following
wording:

Standard ball
IN AN MAX LOAD ON BALL 60 kg
EMERGENCY

WARNING
SERVICING After assembly, the screw
AND CARE holes should be sealed to
prevent exhaust gases getting in.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Existing hole

Existing screw
CONTENTS
Existing
hole
F0U0132m
fig. 149
154
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:50 Pagina 155

SNOW TYRES WARNING KNOWING


The maximum speed for snow tyres YOUR
Use snow tyres of the same size as the normal tyres pro- marked “Q” is 160 km/h, while it is 190 VEHICLE
vided with the car. km/h for “T” tyres and 210 km/h for “H” tyres.
A Fiat Dealership will be happy to provide advice con- You should, however, always stick to the speed
cerning the most suitable type of tyre for the customer’s limits of the highway code.
requirements. SAFETY
For the type, pressures and specifications of the snow tyre
to be used, follow carefully the instructions given in the
“Wheels” paragraph of the “Technical specifications” sec- STARTING
tion. AND DRIVING
The performance of these tyres is considerably reduced
when the tread depth is less than 4 mm. If this is the case,
replace them.
Due to their specific features, the performance of snow WARNING LIGHTS
tyres is much lower than that of standard tyres in normal AND MESSAGES
conditions or on long motorway stretches. You should
therefore use them only in the conditions for which they
were designed. IN AN
EMERGENCY
IMPORTANT When using snow tyres with a maximum
speed index below the one that can be reached by the
car (increased by 5%), place a notice in the passenger com-
partment, plainly in view, which states the maximum speed SERVICING
allowed by the snow tyres (as per EC Directive). AND CARE
All four tyres should be the same (brand and profile) to
ensure greater safety when driving and braking as well as TECHNICAL
making the car more responsive. SPECIFICATIONS
Remember that you should not change the rotation di-
rection of the tyres.
CONTENTS

155
145-156 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:50 Pagina 156

KNOWING SNOW CHAINS CAR INACTIVITY


YOUR
VEHICLE The use of snow chains should be in compliance with lo- If the car is to be left inactive for longer than a month,
cal regulations. Snow chains may be fitted only to the front the following precautions should be observed:
wheel tyres (drive wheels). Use of Lineaccessori Fiat snow ❒ park the car in covered, dry and, if possible, well-ven-
chains is recommended. Check the tension of the chains tilated premises;
SAFETY after the first few metres have been driven. ❒ engage a gear;
IMPORTANT When the snow chains are on, use the ac- ❒ check that the handbrake is engaged;
celerator with extreme care to prevent, or to limit as much ❒ disconnect the clip for the negative battery terminal
STARTING as possible, the driving wheels from skidding. This could and check battery charge. Repeat this check once
AND DRIVING cause the chains to break, resulting in damage to the ve- every three months during storage. Recharge the bat-
hicle body or mechanical components. tery if the indicator is dark and the middle area is not
IMPORTANT Snow chains can only be fitted on 15” green;
WARNING LIGHTS tyres. Use compact 9-mm snow chains. ❒ clean and protect the painted parts using protective wax;
AND MESSAGES ❒ clean and protect the shiny metal parts using special
compounds readily available;
IN AN ❒ sprinkle talcum powder on the rubber windscreen and
EMERGENCY WARNING rear window wiper blades and lift them off the glass;
16” and 17” tyres cannot be fitted with ❒ open the windows slightly;
chains. ❒ cover the car with a fabric or perforated plastic sheet.
SERVICING Do not use compact plastic sheets which do not allow
AND CARE humidity to evaporate from the surface of the car;
❒ inflate tyres to a pressure of +0.5 bar above the nor-
WARNING mal specified pressure and check regularly;
TECHNICAL Keep your speed down when snow chains ❒ if you don’t disconnect the battery from the electrical
SPECIFICATIONS are fitted: do not exceed 50 km/h. Avoid system, check its charge every month and recharge it
potholes, steps and pavements, and do if the indicator shows a dark colour without the cen-
not drive for long distances on roads not tral green area;
covered with snow to prevent damaging ❒ do not drain the engine cooling system.
CONTENTS the car and the road surface.
IMPORTANT Where relevant, switch off the car alarm
with the remote control.
156
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 157

WARNING LIGHTS AND MESSAGES KNOWING


YOUR
WARNING LIGHTS AND MESSAGES BRAKE FLUID LOW (red) VEHICLE

GENERAL WARNINGS
x When the ignition key is moved to MAR posi-
HANDBRAKE ENGAGED (red)
SAFETY
tion, the warnintg light turns on but should go off
Warning lights are accompanied by a specific message after a few seconds.
and/or sound when applicable. These indications are brief
and precautionary and as such must not be considered as
exhaustive and/or alternative to the information contained
Brake fluid low STARTING
in the Owner’s Handbook, which you are recommended The warning light turns on when the level of the brake flu- AND DRIVING
to read carefully in all cases. Always refer to the informa- id in the reservoir falls below the minimum level, possi-
tion in this chapter in the event of a failure indication. bly due to a leak in the circuit.
WARNING LIGHTS
IMPORTANT The fault indicators appearing on the dis- On some versions the display shows the associated mes- AND MESSAGES
play are divided into two categories: very serious and less sage.
serious failures.
Serious failures prompt a prolonged cycle of signals. WARNING IN AN
EMERGENCY
Less serious failures prompt a shorter cycle of signals. If the warning light x turns on when trav-
Press MENU ESC to stop the warning cycle in both cas- elling (on certain versions together with
the message on the display) stop the car imme-
es. Warning lights on the instrument panel will stay on un-
diately and contact a Fiat Dealership. SERVICING
til the cause of the failure is eliminated. AND CARE
For messages relevant to the versions equipped with
a Dualogic gearbox, see the attached Supplement. Handbrake engaged TECHNICAL
The warning light turns on when the handbrake is on. SPECIFICATIONS
If the car is moving, an audible warning will also sound on
certain versions.
IMPORTANT If the warning light turns on when travel- CONTENTS
ling, check that the handbrake is not engaged.
157
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 158

AIRBAG FAILURE (red) OVERHEATED ENGINE COOLANT


KNOWING
YOUR
VEHICLE
¬ When the ignition key is moved to MAR position,
the warnintg light turns on but should go off af-
ç (red)

ter a few seconds. When the ignition key is moved to MAR position,
the warnintg light turns on but should go off after a few
The warning light stays on constantly if there is a failure seconds. The warning light turns on when the engine is
SAFETY in the airbag system. A specific message is displayed on cer- overheated. If the warning light comes on, proceed as fol-
tain versions. lows:
❒ when driving normally: stop the car, switch off the en-
STARTING WARNING gine and check that the water level in the reservoir is
AND DRIVING If the warning light ¬ does not come on not below the MIN mark. If it is not, wait for a few min-
when turning the key to MAR or stays on utes for the engine to cool down then slowly and care-
during car travel, a failure may be present in the fully open the cap, top-up with coolant and check that
restraint systems. If this is the case, the airbags the level is between the MIN and MAX marks. Also
WARNING LIGHTS visually check for leaks. Go to a Fiat Dealership if the
AND MESSAGES or pretensioners may not be deployed after an im-
pact or, in a minor number of cases, they may be warning light comes on again when the engine is next
deployed accidentally. Contact a Fiat Dealership started.
immediately to have the system checked before ❒ if the vehicle is used under demanding conditions (e.g.
IN AN towing trailers uphill or fully loaded): slow down and,
EMERGENCY driving off.
if the light stays on, stop the car. Stop for 2 or 3 min-
utes with the engine running and slightly accelerated to
WARNING assist better coolant circulation. Then switch the en-
SERVICING gine off. Check correct fluid level as described above.
AND CARE A problem with the warning light ¬ (light
off) is indicated by the warning light “, IMPORTANT On particularly demanding journeys, it is ad-
which indicates the front passenger airbag is de- visable to keep the engine on and slightly accelerated for
activated, flashing for more than the usual four a few minutes before switching it off.
TECHNICAL seconds.
SPECIFICATIONS A specific message is displayed on certain versions.

CONTENTS

158
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 159

PARKING SENSOR FAILURE (amber) Low engine oil pressure


KNOWING
t (for versions/markets where provided) The warning light turns on and stays on constantly along YOUR
The warning light turns on when a fault is de-
with a message on the display (for versions/markets where VEHICLE
provided) when the system detects that engine oil pres-
tected in the parking sensors. sure is low.
On certain versions warning light è turns on as an alter- SAFETY
native.
WARNING
In this case, contact a Fiat Dealership.
If the warning light v turns on when the
A specific message is displayed on certain versions. car is travelling (on certain versions to- STARTING
gether with the message on the display), stop the AND DRIVING
car immediately and contact a Fiat Dealership.
LOW BATTERY CHARGE (red)
w (for versions/markets where provided)
Degraded engine oil
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
The warning light comes on when the ignition (only Multijet versions with DPF)
key is turned to MAR, but it should go out as soon
as the engine has started (with the engine running at idle The warning light will flash and a specific message will ap-
speed a brief delay before going out is acceptable). Con- pear on the display (for versions/markets where provid- IN AN
tact a Fiat Dealership immediately if the warning light stays ed). The warning light may flash in the following ways, de- EMERGENCY
on, either permanently or flashing. pending on the version:
A specific message is displayed on certain versions. – for 1 minute every two hours;
– for 3 minute cycles with the warning light off for inter- SERVICING
vals of 5 seconds until oil is changed. AND CARE
After the initial warning, each time the engine is started
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE (red) up, the warning light will continue to flash in the same ways
v DEGRADED OIL (red) as described above, until the oil is changed. A specific mes- TECHNICAL
(for versions/markets where provided) sage will appear on the display (for versions/markets where SPECIFICATIONS
When the ignition key is turned to MAR, the warn- provided) in addition to the warning light.
ing light switches on, but it should go out as soon as the If the warning light flashes, this does not mean that the car
engine is started. is defective, but simply informs the driver that it is now CONTENTS
necessary to change the oil as a result of regular vehicle
use.
159
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 160

Note that engine oil degrades faster under the following If the oil is still not changed, when reaching a third dete-
KNOWING circumstances: rioration threshold, the engine is limited at 1500 rpm to
YOUR – use of the vehicle mainly for city driving, requiring more avoid damage.
VEHICLE frequent regeneration of the DPF
– use of the vehicle for short drives, in which the engine
does not have time to reach its regular operating tem- WARNING! To avoid damaging the engine
SAFETY perature it is recommended to change the engine oil
when the warning light v flashes. Con-
– repeated interruption of the regeneration process, sig- tact a Fiat Dealership.
nalled by the DPF warning light coming on.
STARTING
AND DRIVING DUALDRIVE ELECTRIC POWER
WARNING

WARNING LIGHTS
Degraded engine oil should be replaced as
soon as possible after the warning light
g STEERING FAILURE (red)
(for versions/markets where provided)
AND MESSAGES comes on, and never more than 500 km after it This warning light comes on when the ignition key
first comes on. is turned to MAR, but it should go off after a few sec-
Failure to change the oil within the first 1000 km onds.
IN AN may result in severe damage to the engine and in- If the warning light stays on, you will not get the benefit
EMERGENCY validate the warranty. Remember that when the from the electric power steering and the effort needed
warning light comes on, it does not mean that the to turn the wheel will be greatly increased, although it will
level of engine oil is low, so if the light flashes you still be possible to steer the car. Contact a Fiat Dealership.
do not need to top up the engine oil. On some versions the display shows the associated mes-
SERVICING sage.
AND CARE
For versions/markets, where provided:
DOOR/BOOT/BONNET OPEN (red)
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
the v warning light turns on and flashes along with the
message on the display (if applied) when the system de-
tects that the engine oil is exhausted. The flashing of the
´ On certain versions, the warning light turns on
when one or more doors or the boot are not
warning light should not be considered as a fault, rather properly closed.
simply informs the driver that oil needs to be changed af- A specific message is displayed on certain versions. You
CONTENTS ter a standard period of car utilisation. If the oil is not will hear a warning sound if a door is open and the car is
changed, when reaching a second deterioration threshold, moving.
also the warning light U switches on in the instrument
160 panel and the engine operation is limited at 3000 rpm.
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 161

LOW ENGINE OIL LEVEL (red) EBD FAULT (red) KNOWING


k (for versions/markets where provided)
When turning the ignition key to MAR, the
x > (amber)
Warning lights x and > lit at the
YOUR
VEHICLE
warning light turns on but it should go off after a same time with the engine running in-
few seconds. This warning light where provided comes on dicates an EBD system failure or that the system is not
when the engine oil level falls below the minimum rec- available. This may cause premature locking of the rear SAFETY
ommended value. Restore the correct engine oil level (see wheels in the event of violent braking, causing the car to
“Checking fluid levels” in the “Servicing and care” section). swerve. Drive very carefully to a Fiat Dealership to have
A specific message is displayed on certain versions. the system inspected immediately.
On some versions the display shows the associated mes- STARTING
sage. AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
SEAT BELT NOT FASTENED (red) INJECTION SYSTEM FAULT AND MESSAGES
< The warning light on the display lights up per-
manently when the car is not moving and the dri-
U (Multijet versions – amber)

EOBD SYSTEM FAULT


ver’s seat belt is not correctly fastened. It will flash, (petrol versions – amber) IN AN
and be accompanied by an audible warning, if the front seat EMERGENCY
belts are not correctly fastened when the vehicle is mov- Injection system failure
ing. The SBR (Seat Belt Reminder) system’s audible warn-
ing can be disabled only by a Fiat Dealership. On some ver- Under normal conditions, turning the ignition key to MAR, SERVICING
sions the system can be reactivated from the setup menu. the warning light turns on but it should go off after the en- AND CARE
gine starts.
If the warning light stays on or comes on when travelling,
it means there is a fault in the injection system which could TECHNICAL
cause loss of performance, poor handling and high fuel con- SPECIFICATIONS
sumption levels.
A specific message is displayed on certain versions. Un-
der these conditions, the vehicle can continue travelling at
moderate speed without demanding excessive effort from CONTENTS
the engine. In any case, you should go to a Fiat Dealer-
ship as soon as possible.
161
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 162

Engine management system failure – EOBD


KNOWING WARNING
YOUR Under normal conditions, turning the ignition key to MAR, Go to a Fiat Dealership as soon as possi-
VEHICLE the warning light turns on but it should go off after the en- ble if warning light U does not light up
gine starts. This indicates that the warning light is work- when the key is turned to MAR or if, while trav-
ing correctly. If the warning light either stays on or comes elling, the warning light comes on either perma-
SAFETY on during car travel: nently or flashing (along with a message on the
❒ on permanently: this means there is a fault in the sup- display on certain versions). The operation of the
ply/ignition system which could cause high exhaust U warning light may be checked by traffic police
emissions, loss of performance, poor handling and high using appropriate equipment. Follow the laws in
STARTING force in the country where you are driving.
AND DRIVING fuel consumption levels.
A specific message is displayed on certain versions.
Under these conditions, the vehicle can continue travel-
WARNING LIGHTS ling at moderate speed without demanding excessive ef- For versions/markets, where provided, the U warning
AND MESSAGES fort from the engine. Prolonged use of the car with the light in the instrument panel does not have the EOBD func-
warning light on may cause damage. Go to a Fiat Dealer- tion (European On Board Diagnosis) but only that of sig-
ship as soon as possible. The warning light goes out after nalling that the injection system is not working perfectly.
IN AN the fault disappears, but the indication is stored in the sys-
EMERGENCY tem.
❒ flashing: this indicates possible damage to the catalytic
converter (see “EOBD system” in the “Dashboard and FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG
SERVICING
AND CARE
controls” section). “ DEACTIVATED (amber)
The warning light “ comes on when the front
If the light flashes, come off the accelerator pedal to re-
duce engine revs until the warning light stops flashing; con- passenger airbag is disabled.
tinue the journey at moderate speed, trying to avoid dri- With the front passenger air bag enabled, when the igni-
TECHNICAL tion key is turned to MAR the “ warning light comes on
SPECIFICATIONS ving conditions that may cause further flashing, and get
to a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible. constantly for about 4 seconds, flashes for another 4 sec-
onds and then should go out.

CONTENTS

162
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 163

WARNING GLOW PLUG PREHEATING KNOWING


Warning light “ indicates a failure of warn- m (Multijet versions – amber) YOUR
ing light ¬. This condition is indicated by GLOW PLUG PREHEATING FAULT VEHICLE
intermittent blinking of warning light “ for longer (Multijet versions – amber)
than 4 seconds. In this case, warning light ¬ may
not be indicating that there is a fault in the restraint Glow plugs SAFETY
systems. Before driving off, contact a Fiat Dealer-
ship to have the system checked immediately. This warning light comes on when the key is turned to
MAR. It will go out as soon as the glow plugs have reached
a preset temperature. Start the engine as soon as the STARTING
ABS SYSTEM FAULT (amber) warning light goes out. AND DRIVING
> Turning the key to the MAR position illuminates IMPORTANT When it is particularly warm outside, the
warning light stays on for an extremely short time.
the warning light, but it will switch off after a few
seconds. WARNING LIGHTS
Glow plug preheating fault AND MESSAGES
The warning light comes on when the system is either not
working properly or not available. Under these circum- The warning light flashes if there is a fault in the preheat-
stances, the braking system will work as normal but without ing system. Go to a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
IN AN
the extra performance offered by the ABS system. Drive A specific message is displayed on certain versions. EMERGENCY
carefully and go to a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
On some versions the display shows the associated message.
SERVICING
AND CARE
FUEL RESERVE (amber)
ç Turning the key to the MAR position illuminates
TECHNICAL
the warning light, but it will switch off after a few
seconds. SPECIFICATIONS
The warning light turns on when about 7 litres of fuel are
left in the tank.
CONTENTS
IMPORTANT The warning light will blink to indicate a sys-
tem failure. If this happens, go to a Fiat Dealership to have
the system checked. 163
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 164

WATER IN DIESEL FILTER FIAT CODE VEHICLE PROTECTION


KNOWING
YOUR c (Multijet versions – amber) Y SYSTEM FAULT (amber)
(for versions/markets where provided)
VEHICLE When the ignition key is moved to MAR posi-
tion, the warnintg light turns on but should go off The warning light may come on (and a message on
after a few seconds. the multifunction display may appear on certain versions)
SAFETY The warning light turns on when there is water in the to indicate that there is a fault in the Fiat Code system
diesel filter. or, if applicable, the alarm system; in this case, contact a
A specific message is displayed on certain versions. Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
STARTING
AND DRIVING EXTERIOR LIGHTS FAILURE
The presence of water in the fuel supply

WARNING LIGHTS
circuit may cause severe damage to the in-
jection system and irregular engine oper-
W (amber)
(for versions/markets where provided)
AND MESSAGES ation. If warning light c comes on (with a message The warning light comes on (on some versions) when
on the display on some versions), go to a Fiat Deal- a failure is detected in one of the following lights:
ership as soon as possible to have the system bled. – sidelights/taillights
IN AN Water may have entered the tank if this appears – brake lights
EMERGENCY immediately after refuelling: if this happens, switch – rear fog lights
the engine off immediately and contact a Fiat Deal-
ership. – direction indicators
– number plate lights
SERVICING - daytime running lights.
AND CARE
A specific message is displayed on some versions.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

164
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 165

The failure relating to these lights could be: one or more Fuel cut-off intervention
blown bulbs, a blown protection fuse or a break in the elec- (for versions/markets, where provided) KNOWING
trical connection. On certain versions warning light è YOUR
The warning light comes on when the fuel cut-off system VEHICLE
turns on as an alternative. On some versions the display intervenes (see “Multifunction display” in the “Controls”
shows the associated message. section).
A specific message is displayed on certain versions. SAFETY
REAR FOG LIGHTS (amber) Rain sensor fault
4 The light comes on when the rear fog lights are
turned on.
(for versions/markets where provided)
The warning light comes on when a rain sensor failure is STARTING
detected (see “Multifunction display” in the “Controls” AND DRIVING
section). Contact a Fiat Dealership.
A specific message is displayed on certain versions.
GENERIC INDICATOR WARNING LIGHTS
è (amber)
(for versions/markets where provided)
Parking sensor fault
(for versions/markets where provided)
AND MESSAGES

The warning light turns on in the following cir- The warning light turns on when a failure is detected in
the parking sensors. In this case, contact a Fiat Dealership. IN AN
cumstances: EMERGENCY
A specific message is displayed on certain versions.
Engine oil pressure sensor failure
Tyre pressure monitoring system (TPMS) failure
The warning light turns on when a failure is detected in (for versions/markets where provided) SERVICING
the engine oil pressure sensor. Go to a Fiat Dealership to AND CARE
have the fault fixed as soon as possible. The associated mes- The warning light turns on when a failure is detected in
sage is displayed on some versions. the TPMS system (for versions/markets where provided).
Contact a Fiat Dealership as soon as possible.
Start&Stop fault Should one or more wheels without a sensor be fitted, the TECHNICAL
(for versions/markets where provided) instrument panel warning light will come on and stay on SPECIFICATIONS
The warning light comes on when a Start&Stop failure is de- until the initial conditions are restored.
tected. A specific message is displayed on certain versions.
A specific message is displayed on certain versions. CONTENTS

165
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 166

KNOWING Speed limit exceeded WARNING


YOUR (for versions/markets where provided) Always drive at a speed appropriate to the
VEHICLE The display shows the associated message when the car traffic conditions, the weather and speed
exceeds the set speed limit (see “Multifunction display” limits. The engine may be turned off while the
in the “Dashboard and controls” section). DPF light is on; however, repeated interruption of
SAFETY the regeneration process may result in premature
degradation of engine oil. For this reason it is al-
ways advisable to wait for the light to go off be-
DPF (PARTICULATE FILTER) fore turning off the engine, following the instruc-
STARTING tions appearing above. It is not a good idea to
AND DRIVING h CLEANING IN PROGRESS complete DPF regeneration with the vehicle sta-
(only Multijet with DPF – amber)
tionary.
When the ignition key is moved to MAR position,
the warnintg light turns on but should go off after a few
WARNING LIGHTS seconds. The warning light stays on constantly to notify
AND MESSAGES the driver that the DPF system needs to eliminate cap-
tured pollutants (particulate) by the regeneration process.
IN AN The warning light does not come on during every DPF
EMERGENCY regeneration, but only when driving conditions require no-
tification to the driver. The warning light will go off if the
vehicle stays in motion until regeneration has been com-
SERVICING pleted. The process normally takes about 15 minutes. Op-
AND CARE timal conditions for completing the process are achieved
by travelling at 60 km/h with engine revs above 2000 rpm.
If this light comes on, it does not mean the car is defec-
TECHNICAL tive, so there is no need to take it to a garage. A specific
SPECIFICATIONS message will appear on the display when the warning light
comes on (for versions/markets, where provided).

CONTENTS

166
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 167

ESP SYSTEM FAULT HILL HOLDER FAULT


KNOWING
á (amber)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR posi-
* (amber)
(for versions/markets where provided) YOUR
VEHICLE
tion, the warnintg light turns on but should go off When the ignition key is moved to MAR position,
after a few seconds. the warnintg light turns on but should go off after a few
seconds. SAFETY
ESP-ASR system failure The warning light turns on to indicate a Hill Holder sys-
If the warning light does not go off or stays on together tem fault. In this case, contact a Fiat Dealership as soon
with the LED on the ASR button when travelling, contact as possible. On certain versions, warning light á turns
a Fiat Dealership. A specific message is displayed on cer- on as an alternative. A specific message is displayed on cer- STARTING
tain versions. tain versions. AND DRIVING
NB The warning light flashing while driving indicates that
the ESP system is active. SIDELIGHTS/TAILLIGHTS WARNING LIGHTS
3 AND DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS
(green)
AND MESSAGES

BRAKE PADS WORN FOLLOW ME HOME (green)

d (amber)
(for versions/markets where provided) Sidelights/taillights and dipped beam headlights
IN AN
EMERGENCY
The light comes on when the sidelights/taillights or dipped
The warning light comes on if the front brake pads beams are turned on.
are worn; in this case, have them changed as soon as pos-
sible. A specific message is displayed on certain versions. SERVICING
Follow Me Home AND CARE
The light will turn when this device is active (see “Follow
Me Home” in the “Dashboard and controls” section). The
display will show the associated message. TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

167
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 168

CHECK TYRE PRESSURE IMPORTANT Do not continue driving with one or more
KNOWING
YOUR
VEHICLE
n TYRE PRESSURE LOW (amber)
(amber) flat tyres as handling may be compromised. Stop the car,
avoiding harsh braking or steering manoeuvres. Replace
the wheel immediately with the small spare wheel (for ver-
TYRE PRESSURE UNSUITABLE FOR sions/markets where provided) or carry out a repair us-
SPEED (amber) ing the dedicated kit (see “Changing a wheel” in the “In
SAFETY (for versions/markets where provided) an emergency” section) and contact a Fiat Dealership as
soon as possible.
When the ignition key is moved to MAR position, the
warnintg light turns on but should go off after a few sec- Tyre pressure unsuitable for speed
STARTING onds.
AND DRIVING Should you need to travel at a speed higher than 160 km/h,
Check tyre pressures inflate the tyres to the pressures specified in “Tyre pres-
The warning light turns on to indicate the flat tyre. Should sures”.
WARNING LIGHTS two or more tyres be flat, the display will show the indi- If the TPMS system (for versions/markets where provid-
AND MESSAGES cations corresponding to each tyre in sequence. ed) detects that the pressure of one or more tyres is un-
Restore correct tyre pressures as soon as possible (see suitable for the current speed, the warning light will turn
“Cold tyre pressures” in the “Technical specifications” sec- on (together with the message on the display) (see “Tyre
IN AN tion). pressure low” in this section) and it will stay on until the
EMERGENCY car slows down to a speed below the preset threshold.
Tyre pressure low IMPORTANT In this case, slow down immediately because
The warning light on the panel comes on when the pres- tyre overheating could damage tyre performance and dura-
SERVICING sure of one or more tyres falls below a preset level. In this bility beyond repair, and may even make the tyre explode.
AND CARE way, the TPMS system warns the driver that one or more
tyres may be dangerously flat and probably punctured.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

168
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 169

WARNING RIGHT-HAND DIRECTION


KNOWING
Strong radio-frequency noises could hin-
der the regular operation of the TPMS
D INDICATOR (green – intermittent)
The light (arrow) comes on when the direction
YOUR
VEHICLE
system. This condition will be indicated by a mes- indicator control lever is moved upwards or, to-
sage (where provided). The message will disap- gether with the left-hand arrow, when the hazard warn-
pear automatically as soon as the interference ing light button is pressed. SAFETY
ceases to disturb the system.

STARTING
DUALDRIVE ELECTRIC POWER AND DRIVING
FOG LIGHTS (green) CITY STEERING ON (green)
5 The light comes on when the front fog lights are
turned on.
(for versions/markets where provided)
The word “CITY” appears on the display when the WARNING LIGHTS
Dualdrive electric power steering system is activated by AND MESSAGES
pressing the relevant control button. If the button is
pressed again the word CITY goes out. A specific message
LEFT-HAND DIRECTION is displayed on certain versions. IN AN
F INDICATOR (green – intermittent)
The light (arrow) comes on when the direction
EMERGENCY

indicator control lever is moved downwards or,


together with the right-hand arrow, when the hazard CRUISE CONTROL (green) SERVICING
warning light button is pressed. Ü (for versions/markets where provided)
When the ignition key is moved to MAR posi-
AND CARE

tion, the warnintg light turns on but should go off TECHNICAL


after a few seconds. SPECIFICATIONS
The warning light is lit up on the display by rotating the
Cruise Control twist switch to ON. A specific message
is displayed on certain versions.
CONTENTS

169
157-170 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 25-08-2011 11:54 Pagina 170

MAIN BEAM HEADLIGHTS (blue)


KNOWING
YOUR 1 The light comes on when the main beams are
VEHICLE turned on.

SAFETY


Possible presence of ice on the road
The outside temperature indicator starts flash-
STARTING ing when the outside temperature reaches or
AND DRIVING falls below 3°C and the ❄ symbol lights up on the
display to warn the driver of the possible presence of ice on
the road. The display will show the associated message.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

Service due
IN AN
EMERGENCY õ (for versions/markets, where provided)
The display shows a specific message to indicate
the scheduled servicing deadline.
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

170
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 171

IN AN EMERGENCY KNOWING
YOUR
In an emergency we recommend that you call the freephone number found in the Warranty Booklet. VEHICLE
You can also go to the www.fiat.com website to find your nearest Fiat Dealership.

STARTING THE ENGINE Proceed as follows to start the car: SAFETY


❒ connect the positive terminals (+ sign near the termi-
EMERGENCY STARTING nal) of the two batteries with a jump lead;
STARTING
If the instrument panel warning light Y stays on perma- ❒ with a second lead, connect the negative terminal (–) of AND DRIVING
nently, contact a Fiat Dealership immediately. the auxiliary battery to an earthing point E on the en-
gine or the gearbox of the car to be started;
JUMP STARTING fig. 150 ❒ start the engine; WARNING LIGHTS
If the battery is flat, the engine may be started using an aux- ❒ when the engine has been started, follow the sequence AND MESSAGES
iliary battery with an equal or slightly higher capacity than the above in reverse order to remove the leads.
flat one. It is advisable to contact a Fiat Dealership so the bat-
tery can be checked/replaced. If after a few attempts the engine does not start, do not IN AN
keep trying but contact a Fiat Dealership. EMERGENCY

WARNING SERVICING
AND CARE
This procedure must be performed by ex-
perts because incorrect actions may cause
considerable electrical discharge. Furthermore,
battery fluid is poisonous and corrosive: avoid con- TECHNICAL
tact with skin and eyes. Keep naked flames and SPECIFICATIONS
lit cigarettes away from the battery. Do not cre-
ate sparks.
CONTENTS

F0U00804m
fig. 150
171
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 172

KNOWING
IMPORTANT Do not directly connect the negative ter- CHANGING A TYRE
minals of the two batteries: sparks could ignite explosive
YOUR gas released from the battery. If the auxiliary battery is
VEHICLE installed on another vehicle, prevent accidental contact be- GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
tween metallic parts of the two vehicles. Wheel changing and correct use of the jack and spare
NB For cars with Start&Stop system, in case of starting by wheel call for some precautions, as listed below.
SAFETY
booster battery, refer to “Knowing your vehicle” chapter,
paragraph "Start&Stop system".
WARNING
STARTING BUMP STARTING
AND DRIVING Use your hazard lights, warning triangle,
Never bump start the engine by pushing, towing or driving etc to show that your car is stationary.
downhill. This could cause fuel to flow into the catalytic Passengers should get out of the car, particularly
converter and damage it beyond repair. if it is heavily loaded, and wait for the wheel to be
WARNING LIGHTS changed away from the traffic. Apply the hand-
AND MESSAGES IMPORTANT Remember that the brake booster and the
brake.
power steering system are not active until the engine is
started, so you will need to apply much more force to
IN AN the brake pedal or steering wheel.
EMERGENCY
WARNING
The spare wheel provided is specifically for
SERVICING your vehicle. Therefore, it must not be
AND CARE used on different models and you should not use
spare wheels from other models on your vehicle.
The wheel bolts are specific for your vehicle: do
TECHNICAL not use them on different models and do not use
SPECIFICATIONS bolts from other models on your car.

CONTENTS

172
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 173

WARNING Important notes:


KNOWING
Repair and refit the standard wheel as ❒ the jack weight is 1.76 kg; YOUR
soon as possible. Do not apply grease to ❒ the jack requires no adjustment; VEHICLE
the bolt threads before assembly: they might spon- ❒ the jack cannot be repaired. If it breaks, it must be re-
taneously unscrew. placed with the same type;
❒ no tool other than its cranking device may be fitted on SAFETY
the jack.
WARNING To change a tyre, proceed as follows: STARTING
The jack may be used to replace wheels ❒ stop the car where it is not a danger to other road users AND DRIVING
only on the car which it equips or other and you can replace the wheel safely. The ground should
cars of the same model. Never use the jack for be flat and solid;
other purposes, such as lifting other models. Nev- WARNING LIGHTS
er use the jack to carry out repairs under the car. ❒ turn the engine off and engage the handbrake;
AND MESSAGES
Incorrect positioning of the jack may cause the ❒ engage first gear or reverse;
car to fall. Do not use the jack for loads higher ❒ wear the reflective safety jacket (compulsory by law in
than the one shown on its label. certain countries) before getting out of the car; IN AN
❒ open the boot and lift the carpet or remove the cargo EMERGENCY
box (for versions/markets where provided);
❒ unscrew the locking device A-fig. 151;
❒ take out the tool container C-fig. 151 and put it along- SERVICING
side the wheel to be changed; AND CARE
WARNING
If the hub cap is not fitted correctly, it may ❒ take out the spare wheel B-fig. 151;
come off when the car is travelling. Nev- ❒ loosen the bolts of the wheel to be replaced by about TECHNICAL
er tamper with the inflation valve. Never intro- one turn with the wrench provided E-fig. 152; if you SPECIFICATIONS
duce tools of any kind between the rim and the have alloy wheels, rock the car to make it easier to sep-
tyre. Check tyre and spare wheel pressures regu- arate the rim from the wheel hub;
larly, referring to the values shown in the “Tech-
nical specifications” section. CONTENTS

173
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 174

❒ operate device F-fig. 153 to extend the jack until the top ❒ fit the handle L-fig. 153 to operate the jack and lift the
KNOWING of the jack G-fig. 153 fits correctly into jacking point car until the wheel is several centimetres off the ground;
YOUR H-fig. 153;
VEHICLE ❒ for versions with hub caps, remove the cap after un-
❒ warn anybody nearby that the car is about to be lifted. screwing the 3 fastening bolts and then unscrew the
They must stay clear and not touch the car until it is back fourth bolt L-fig. 154 and remove the wheel;
on the ground;
SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0135m
fig. 152

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0133m F0U0136m
fig. 151 fig. 153
174
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 175

❒ make sure the contact surfaces between spare wheel ❒ use the wrench provided to fasten the bolts complete-
and hub are clean so that the fastening bolts will not ly in a criss-cross fashion as per the order illustrated KNOWING
come loose; in fig. 155; YOUR
VEHICLE
❒ fit the spare wheel by inserting the first bolt two threads ❒ if you are replacing an alloy wheel and wish to store it
into the hole closest to the inflation valve; temporarily in the spare wheel compartment, you
❒ fit the hub cap by aligning the crescent hole with the should position it upside down. SAFETY
bolt you have fitted using the wrench;
❒ tighten the fastening bolts;
❒ turn the jack handle L-fig. 153 to lower the car, and STARTING
remove the jack; AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0137m F0U0138m
fig. 154 fig. 155
175
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 176

REFITTING THE STANDARD WHEEL Versions with alloy rims


KNOWING
YOUR Following the procedure described previously, raise the Proceed as follows:
VEHICLE car and remove the spare wheel.
❒ place the wheel onto the hub and tighten the bolts us-
ing the wrench provided;
Versions with steel rims
SAFETY ❒ lower the car and remove the jack;
Proceed as follows:
❒ using the wrench provided, fully tighten the bolts in
❒ make sure the contact surfaces between standard wheel the sequence shown previously.
and hub are clean so that the fastening bolts will not
STARTING come loose;
AND DRIVING After tyre replacement
❒ fit the standard wheel by inserting the first bolt two
threads into the hole closest to the inflation valve; ❒ stow the spare wheel in the space provided in the boot;

❒ fit the hub cap by aligning the crescent hole with the ❒ put the jack back in its container partially open by forc-
WARNING LIGHTS ing it slightly against the container walls to prevent it
AND MESSAGES bolt you have fitted, then insert the other 3 bolts;
from rattling around when travelling;
❒ using the wrench provided, tighten the fastening bolts;
❒ put the tools back into their places in the container;
IN AN ❒ lower the car and remove the jack;
❒ stow the container, complete with tools, inside the
EMERGENCY ❒ using the wrench provided, fully tighten the bolts in spare wheel;
the sequence shown previously.
❒ tighten the tool container locking device;
SERVICING ❒ refit the boot carpet or the cargo box (for versions/
AND CARE markets where provided).

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

176
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 177

QUICK TYRE REPAIR KIT - ❒ compressor D-fig. 156 including gauge and connections;
KNOWING
FIX&GO automatic ❒ a pair of protective gloves located in the side part of the YOUR
compressor; VEHICLE
The Fix&Go automatic quick tyre repair kit is located in
the boot. ❒ adapters for inflating different elements.
The kit fig. 156 includes: You can also find the screwdriver and tow hitch in the SAFETY
quick repair kit container (stored in the boot under the
❒ a canister A, containing sealant, which is fitted with: carpet).
– filler tube B;
– an adhesive label C with the message “max. 80 km/h” STARTING
to be placed where the driver can easily see it (on AND DRIVING
the dashboard) after repairing the tyre; WARNING
❒ instruction brochure (see fig. 157), to be used for Hand over the instruction booklet to the
personnel charged with treating the tyre WARNING LIGHTS
prompt and proper use of the quick repair kit and then AND MESSAGES
presented to the personnel charged with handling the repaired with the kit.
treated tyre;
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0139m F0U0140m
fig. 156 fig. 157
177
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 178

KNOWING In the event of a puncture caused by for- WARNING


YOUR eign bodies, it is possible to repair tyres Do not operate the compressor for longer
VEHICLE showing holes on the track or shoulder of than 20 minutes at a time. Risk of over-
up to 4 mm in diameter. heating. The quick repair kit is not suitable for de-
finitive repairs, so you can only temporarily repair
SAFETY the tyres.

WARNING
STARTING It is not possible to repair damage to the WARNING
AND DRIVING tyre sidewall. Do not use the quick repair kit
The canister contains ethylene glycol. It
if the tyre is damaged as a result of travelling on a
flat tyre. contains latex, which may cause an aller-
gic reaction. Harmful if swallowed. Irritates the
WARNING LIGHTS eyes. There could be a reaction in case of inhala-
AND MESSAGES tion or contact. Avoid contact with your eyes, skin
WARNING and clothes. In the event of contact, wash imme-
If the wheel rim is damaged (the channel diately with plenty of water. Do not induce vom-
IN AN is so deformed as to cause an air leakage) iting if swallowed. Rinse your mouth out and drink
EMERGENCY it cannot be repaired. Do not remove foreign bod- plenty of water. Call a doctor immediately. Keep
ies (screws or nails) from the tyre. out of the reach of children. The product must not
be used by asthmatics. Do not breathe in the
SERVICING vapours during insertion and suction. Call a doc-
AND CARE tor immediately if allergic reactions are noted.
Store the canister in its proper compartment,
IMPORTANT INFORMATION: away from sources of heat. The sealant fluid has
TECHNICAL an expiry date.
The sealing fluid of the quick tyre repair kit is effective at
SPECIFICATIONS external temperatures of between –20 °C and +50 °C.
The sealant has an expiry date.
CONTENTS

178
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 179

❒ Make sure the handbrake is on. Unscrew the tyre valve


Replace the cylinder containing out-of-
cap, take out the flexible filler tube A-fig. 158 and tight- KNOWING
date sealant fluid. Dispose of the cylinder
en the ring nut B on the tyre valve; YOUR
and the sealant liquid properly. Dispose ac- VEHICLE
cording to the national and local laws in force. ❒ make sure that switch D-fig. 159 for the compressor
is in position 0 (off), start the engine, insert pin E-fig. 160
into the nearest socket and switch on the compressor SAFETY
by moving switch D-fig. 159 to position 1 (on) Inflate
the tyre to the pressure specified in the “Tyre pressure”
INFLATION PROCEDURE paragraph in the “Technical specifications” section.
STARTING
For a more accurate reading, check pressure gauge F-fig. AND DRIVING
WARNING 159 with the compressor off;
Put on the protective gloves provided ❒ if after 5 minutes you cannot reach at least 1.5 bar, un-
with the quick tyre repair kit. plug the compressor from the valve and the socket, then WARNING LIGHTS
move the car forward about ten metres in order to dis- AND MESSAGES
tribute the sealant inside the tyre evenly, then repeat the
inflation operation;
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0141m F0U0142m
fig. 158 fig. 159
179
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 180

❒ if after this operation you still cannot reach at least 1.8 ❒ after driving for about 10 minutes, stop and check the
KNOWING bar after 5 minutes, do not resume driving because the tyre pressure again; remember to put the handbrake on;
YOUR tyre is too damaged and the quick tyre repair kit cannot
VEHICLE guarantee suitable sealing. Contact a Fiat Dealership;
❒ if you do reach the tyre pressure specified in the “Tyre
SAFETY pressure” paragraph in the “Technical specifications” sec- WARNING
tion, start driving immediately; If the pressure has fallen below 1.8 bar, do
not drive any further: the Fix&Go automatic
quick tyre repair kit cannot guarantee proper hold
STARTING because the tyre is too damaged. Contact a Fiat
AND DRIVING Dealership.
WARNING
Apply the adhesive label where it can be
WARNING LIGHTS easily seen by the driver as a reminder that ❒ If you get a pressure reading of at least 1.8 bar, restore
AND MESSAGES the tyre has been treated with the quick repair kit. the proper pressure (with engine running and handbrake
Drive carefully, particularly on bends. Do not ex- on) and restart.
ceed 80 km/h. Do not accelerate or brake sud- ❒ drive with the utmost care to the nearest Fiat Dealer-
IN AN denly.
EMERGENCY ship.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0143m F0U0144m
fig. 160 fig. 161
180
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 181

WARNING CYLINDER REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE


KNOWING
Remember to inform the workshop that To replace the cylinder, proceed as follows: YOUR
the tyre has been treated with a quick re-
❒ disconnect A-fig. 163; VEHICLE
pair kit. Give the instruction booklet to the per-
sonnel charged with handling the treated tyre. ❒ turn the canister anticlockwise to lift it out;
❒ insert the new canister and turn it clockwise; SAFETY
❒ connect connection A to the canister and fit the trans-
FOR CHECKING AND RESTORING parent tube B in its proper place.
PRESSURE ONLY STARTING
AND DRIVING
The compressor may also be used for restoring pressure
only. Release the quick coupling and connect directly to
the tyre valve fig. 162; in this way, the canister will not be WARNING LIGHTS
connected to the compressor and no sealing fluid will be AND MESSAGES
injected.

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0145m F0U0146m
fig. 162 fig. 163
181
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 182

KNOWING
CHANGING A BULB WARNING
YOUR Changes or repairs to the electrical system
VEHICLE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS (electronic control units) carried out in-
correctly and without due consideration for the
❒ When a light is not working, check that the corre- technical specifications of the system can lead to
sponding fuse is intact before changing the bulb. For the malfunctioning and generate a fire hazard.
SAFETY location of fuses, refer to the “Changing a fuse” para-
graph in this section;
❒ before changing a bulb check the contacts for rusting;
STARTING
AND DRIVING ❒ burnt bulbs must be replaced by others of the same type
and wattage;
❒ for safety reasons, always check the direction of the WARNING
WARNING LIGHTS headlight beam after changing a bulb. Halogen lamps contain gas under pres-
AND MESSAGES sure. If they break, glass fragments could
fly everywhere.

IN AN
EMERGENCY
Halogen lamps must be handled holding
SERVICING the metallic part only. Touching the trans-
AND CARE parent part of the bulb with your fingers
may reduce the intensity of the light emitted and
even compromise the longevity of the bulb itself. In
the event of accidental contact, wipe the bulb with
TECHNICAL an alcohol-soaked cloth and allow to dry.
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

182
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 183

IMPORTANT The internal surface of the light may appear C Tubular bulbs: release them from their contacts to
slightly misty: this does not indicate a fault, and is actually remove. KNOWING
caused by low temperature and the degree of humidity YOUR
in the air. Misting will rapidly disappear when the head- D-E Halogen bulbs: to remove the bulb, release the clip VEHICLE
lights are switched on. The presence of drops inside the holding the bulb in place.
headlights indicates infiltration of water. Go to a Fiat Deal-
ership. SAFETY

TYPES OF BULBS
Various types of bulbs are fitted to your vehicle. STARTING
AND DRIVING
A Glass bulbs: pushed into position. Pull to extract.
B Bayonet-type bulbs: to remove from its holder, press
the bulb in and turn it anti-clockwise. WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0147m
fig. 164
183
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 184

Bulbs Figure ref. Type Power


KNOWING
YOUR Main beams/Dipped beams D H4 55 W/60W
VEHICLE
Daylight lights A W21W 21W
Front sidelights A W5W 5W
SAFETY
Front fog lights (where provided) – H11 55 W
Front direction indicators B PY21W 21 W
STARTING Side direction indicators A WY5W 5W
AND DRIVING
Rear direction indicators B P21W 21 W
Taillights – LED –
WARNING LIGHTS Brake lights B
AND MESSAGES P21W 21 W
Third brake light B W2.3W 2.3 W
Reverse lights – W16W 16 W
IN AN
EMERGENCY Rear fog lights – W16W 16 W
Number plate lights A W5W 5W
SERVICING Front ceiling light with movable lens C C10W 10 W
AND CARE Front ceiling light with spot lights C C10W 10 W
Rear ceiling light C C10W 10 W
TECHNICAL Boot light A W5W 5W
SPECIFICATIONS
Courtesy light C C5W 5W

CONTENTS

184
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 185

CHANGING AN EXTERIOR BULB IMPORTANT You can replace the front direction indica-
KNOWING
tor, main beam and dipped beam headlight bulbs through
the access flap (see “Direction indicators” in this section). YOUR
For the type of bulb and relative power rating, see “Chang- VEHICLE
ing a bulb”.
SIDELIGHTS fig. 166
FRONT LIGHT CLUSTERS fig. 165 To change the bulb, proceed as follows: SAFETY
The front light clusters contain sidelights, dipped beam, ❒ remove the rubber cap by pulling the flap;
main beam and direction indicator bulbs.
❒ press in tabs B and remove the bulb holder;
The bulbs are arranged inside the light cluster as follows: STARTING
❒ remove the bulb C and replace it; AND DRIVING
A sidelights
❒ refit the bulb holder and then refit the cap, ensuring that
B daytime running lights it locks into place.
C direction indicators WARNING LIGHTS
D main beam/dipped beam headlights. AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0635m F0U0149m
fig. 165 fig. 166
185
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 186

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL) MAIN/DIPPED BEAM HEADLIGHTS


KNOWING
YOUR To change the bulb, proceed as follows: To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
VEHICLE ❒ turn the bulb holder A-fig. 167 anti-clockwise using the ❒ remove the rubber cap;
tab and pull it out;
❒ disconnect the central electric connector B-fig. 168 and
SAFETY ❒ remove the bulb B by pushing it in slightly and turning release the bulb holder catch;
it anti-clockwise;
❒ remove the bulb A and replace it;
❒ refit the bulb holder by putting it in its housing and turn-
ing it clockwise until it locks into place. ❒ fit the new bulb, aligning the outlines of the metallic part
STARTING with the grooves on the reflector;
AND DRIVING
❒ refit the bulb holder catch and reconnect the electri-
cal connector;
WARNING LIGHTS ❒ refit the cap A, ensuring that it locks into place.
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0250m F0U0150m
fig. 167 fig. 168
186
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 187

DIRECTION INDICATORS ❒ remove the bulb holder cover C-fig. 170 by turning it
anti-clockwise; KNOWING
Front fig. 169 YOUR
❒ remove the bulb D-fig. 171 by pushing it in gently and VEHICLE
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: turning anti-clockwise (“bayonet” clamping), then re-
place it;
❒ steer the right/left wheel inwards;
❒ refit the bulb holder cover C-fig. 170 by turning it clock- SAFETY
❒ turn the catch A-fig. 169, then lift off the access lid B; wise and locking it properly;
❒ close the lid B-fig.169 then tighten the catch A.
A STARTING
AND DRIVING

B
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
A EMERGENCY
F0U0621m
fig. 169
SERVICING
AND CARE

D
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0152m F0U0153m
fig. 170 fig. 171
187
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 188

Side fig. 172 ❒ loosen the fixing screws C and remove the headlamp;
KNOWING
YOUR To change the bulb, proceed as follows: ❒ remove the bulb A-fig.173/b by rotating it counter-
VEHICLE ❒ slide the lens A towards the front of the car to press
clockwise and disconnect the electrical connector.
in the internal catch B, then pull the unit outwards;
SAFETY ❒ turn the bulb holder C anti-clockwise, extract bulb D
and replace it;
❒ refit the bulb holder C into the lens by turning it clock-
STARTING wise; A
C
AND DRIVING ❒ refit the unit making sure the internal catch B clicks in-
to place.
C
WARNING LIGHTS FRONT FOG LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES (for versions/markets where provided)
To replace the bulb: C

IN AN ❒ loosen the screw A-fig.173/a and remove the protec- B


EMERGENCY tion template B;
F0U0525m
fig. 173/a

SERVICING
AND CARE
A

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0280m F0U0526m
fig. 172 fig. 173/b
188
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 189

REAR LIGHT CLUSTERS ❒ disconnect the central electric connector B and pull the
lens unit outwards; KNOWING
The rear light clusters contain taillight, brake light and di- YOUR
rection indicator bulbs. ❒ unhook the bulb holder by unclipping the fasteners VEHICLE
The bulbs are arranged inside the light cluster fig. 174 as C-fig. 175;
follows:
❒ remove the bulb by pushing it in gently and turning an-
D direction indicators ti-clockwise (“bayonet” clamping), then replace it; SAFETY
E brake lights.
To change the bulb proceed as follows: STARTING
❒ undo both fastening bolts A-fig 174; AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0155m F0U0156m
fig. 174 fig. 175
189
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 190

❒ refit the bulb holder; THIRD BRAKE LIGHT fig. 177


KNOWING
YOUR ❒ reconnect the electric connector, correctly realign the To change the bulb proceed as follows:
VEHICLE unit with the car body and then tighten the fastening
❒ open the boot;
screws A.
IMPORTANT To replace the LED taillights you must con- ❒ remove the rubber caps;
SAFETY tact a Fiat Dealership. ❒ press in the catches and remove the lens unit
C-fig. 177;
REAR FOG LIGHTS fig. 176
❒ disconnect the electric connector;
STARTING Contact a Fiat Dealership to have bulbs for the rear fog
AND DRIVING lights A replaced. ❒ press in the tabs D-fig. 177 and remove the bulb holder;
❒ remove the snap-fitted bulb and replace it.
REVERSE LIGHTS fig. 176
WARNING LIGHTS Contact a Fiat Dealership to have bulbs for the reverse NUMBER PLATE LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES lights B replaced. To change the bulb proceed as follows:
❒ manipulate the point shown by the arrow and remove
IN AN the lens unit A-fig. 178;
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0648m F0U0281m
fig. 176 fig. 177
190
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 191

❒ change the bulb fig.179 by releasing it from the side CHANGING AN INTERIOR BULB
contacts and making sure the new bulb is correctly fas- KNOWING
tened between these contacts; YOUR
For the type of bulb and relevant power rating, see VEHICLE
❒ refit the snap-fitted lens unit. “Changing a bulb”.

FRONT CEILING LIGHT


SAFETY
Proceed as follows to replace the bulbs:
❒ manipulate the points shown by the arrows and remove
light A-fig. 180; STARTING
❒ open the protective flap B-fig. 181; AND DRIVING
❒ replace bulbs C-fig. 181 by releasing them from the side
contacts and making sure that new bulbs are correctly
clamped between these contacts; WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
❒ close the flap B-fig. 181 and fasten the courtesy light
A-fig. 180 in its housing, making sure it is locked in cor-
rectly. IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0159m
fig. 178
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0160m F0U0163m
fig. 179 fig. 180
191
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 192

REAR CEILING LIGHT COURTESY LIGHT fig. 184


KNOWING (for versions/markets where provided)
YOUR To change the bulb, proceed as follows:
VEHICLE Proceed as follows to replace the bulbs:
❒ remove the light A-fig. 184 by levering on the points
❒ manipulate the points shown by the arrows and remove shown by the arrow.
light D-fig. 182;
SAFETY
❒ open the protective flap E-fig. 183;
❒ replace bulb F-fig. 183 by releasing it from the side con-
STARTING tacts and making sure that the new bulb is correctly
AND DRIVING clamped between these contacts;
❒ re-close the protective flap E-fig. 183 and fit light D-fig.
182 into its housing, making sure it locks into place
WARNING LIGHTS properly.
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0165m
fig. 182

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0164m F0U0166m
fig. 181 fig. 183
192
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 193

BOOT LIGHT fig. 185 PUDDLE LIGHTS fig. 186


(for versions/markets where provided) KNOWING
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: YOUR
❒ open the boot;
To change the bulb, proceed as follows: VEHICLE
❒ remove the light by pressing clip A-fig. 186 with a screw-
❒ remove the light A-fig. 185 by levering on the point driver;
shown by the arrow. SAFETY
❒ press the sides of bulb shield B-fig. 187 on the two fas-
❒ open the protective cover B and replace the snap-fitted tening pins and turn it;
bulb;
❒ replace the snap-fitted bulb C;
❒ re-close the protective cover B over the lens; STARTING
❒ reposition the bulb shield by fitting the two fastening AND DRIVING
❒ refit the light A by inserting it in its correct position first- pins;
ly on one side and then on the other until it clicks into
place.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0167m F0U0168m
fig. 184 fig. 185
193
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 194

❒ refit the light by first inserting side D-fig. 186 and then CHANGING A FUSE
KNOWING pressing the other side until you hear the clip lock in-
YOUR to place.
VEHICLE GENERAL INFORMATION
Fuses protect the electrical system: they cut in (i.e. they
blow) in the event of a fault or improper action on the sys-
SAFETY tem.
Check the state of the corresponding fuse when a device
does not work: the filament A-fig. 188 must be intact. If it
STARTING is not, replace the blown fuse with a new one of the same
AND DRIVING amperage (same colour).
B undamaged fuse
WARNING LIGHTS C fuse with damaged filament.
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0169m
fig. 186
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0170 F0U0171m
fig. 187 fig. 188
194
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 195

WARNING WARNING KNOWING


Should the fuse blow again, contact a Fi- If a general protection fuse (MEGA-FUSE, YOUR
at Dealership. MIDI-FUSE, MAXI-FUSE) is activated, VEHICLE
contact a Fiat Dealership.

SAFETY
WARNING
Never replace a blown fuse with metal Remove the key from the ignition and
wires or other materials. switch off or disable all devices before re- STARTING
placing a fuse. AND DRIVING

WARNING WARNING LIGHTS


WARNING AND MESSAGES
Never replace a fuse with one that has
a higher amperage: FIRE HAZARD. If a general protection fuse for safety sys-
tems (air bag system, braking system),
power unit systems (engine system, transmission IN AN
system) or steering system is triggered, contact a EMERGENCY
Fiat Dealership.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

195
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 196

FUSE LOCATION
KNOWING
YOUR The fuses are grouped in three control units: on the dash-
VEHICLE board, in the engine compartment and in the left-hand side
of the boot.

SAFETY Dashboard fuse box fig. 190


To access the dashboard fuse box, loosen the screws
A-fig. 189 and remove the cover.
STARTING
AND DRIVING
F0U0172m
fig. 189

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0173m
fig. 190
196
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 197

Engine compartment fuse box fig. 192


KNOWING
To access the fuse box located next to the battery, re- YOUR
move the protective cover fig. 191 by manipulating the VEHICLE
points indicated by the arrow.

SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING
F0U0174m
fig. 191

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0175m
fig. 192
197
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 198

Boot fuse box fig. 194


KNOWING
YOUR To gain access to the fuse box located on the left side of
VEHICLE the boot, open the relevant inspection lid (as shown in
fig. 193).

SAFETY

STARTING
AND DRIVING
F0U0176m
fig.193

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0177m
fig. 194
198
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 199

FUSE TABLE
KNOWING
Dashboard fuse box fig. 190 YOUR
DEVICES FUSE AMPS VEHICLE
Right dipped beam headlight 1 (*) 7.5
Lift dipped beam headlight 8 (*) 7.5 SAFETY
Headlamp alignment corrector 8 5
INT/A supply for switch coils on engine fuse box and switch coils
on body computer control unit 13 5 STARTING
Front ceiling light, rear ceiling light, visor lights, door marker lights, boot light, AND DRIVING
glove box light 2 (*) 5
Supply and battery for EOBD diagnostic plug, automatic climate
control system control unit, alarm, sound system, Blue&Me control unit 5 10 WARNING LIGHTS
Supply for instrument panel, switch on brake pedal AND MESSAGES
(N.O. contact), third brake light 11 5
Door locking/unlocking motors, dead lock activation motors, boot unlocking motor 4 20
IN AN
Windscreen/rear window washer pump 6 20 EMERGENCY
Electric window motor on driver-side front door 14 20
Electric window motor on passenger-side front door 7 20
Supply for dashboard control lights, parking control unit, SERVICING
tyre pressure measurement control unit, electric wing mirror movement, AND CARE
rain sensor, sunroof control unit, My Port infotelematic system socket,
electrochromic rear view mirror 12 5
Instrument panel 3 5 TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Supply for brake pedal switch (NC contact), clutch pedal switch, interior heating unit,
Blue&Me control unit, sound system capabilities, voltage stabiliser control unit,
reverse light on rear bumper, water sensor on diesel filter, glow plug heating
control unit, airflow meter, brake booster sensor, switch coils on engine
compartment fuse box 10 7.5 CONTENTS
(*) Fuse on some versions only.
199
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 200

Engine compartment fuse box fig. 192


KNOWING
YOUR DEVICES FUSE AMPS
VEHICLE
Hi-Fi sound system with control unit and subwoofer 09 20
Single tone horn 10 10
SAFETY
Left main beam headlight, right main beam headlight 14 15
Additional heater 15 30
STARTING
AND DRIVING Air conditioning compressor 19 7.5
Heated rear window 20 30
WARNING LIGHTS Fuel pump on tank 21 15
AND MESSAGES
Left fog light, right fog light 30 15
Methane system supply management solenoid valves 84 7.5
IN AN
EMERGENCY Socket (ready for use) 85 –
Passenger compartment socket, cigarette lighter 86 15
SERVICING Battery charge status sensor 87 5
AND CARE De-mister on driver-side wing mirror, de-mister on passenger-side wing mirror 88 7.5

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

200
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 201

Boot fuse box fig. 194 KNOWING


YOUR
DEVICES FUSE AMPS
VEHICLE
Sunroof opening system 17 20
Alarm system management control unit 14 7.5 SAFETY
Spare 01 –
Spare 03 –
STARTING
Electric lumbar movement on driver’s seat 04 10 AND DRIVING
Spare 15 –
Electric windows system (motor, control unit) on right-hand door 10 20 WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Spare 16 –
Driver’s seat heater control unit 08 10
IN AN
Tow hook system (capability for after-sale fuse assembly) 07 – EMERGENCY
Boot socket 05 15
Electric windows system (motor, control unit) on left-hand door 11 20 SERVICING
AND CARE
TPMS (tyre pressure monitoring system) control unit 13 5
Front passenger seat heater control unit 09 10
TECHNICAL
Spare 06 – SPECIFICATIONS
Spare 02 –

CONTENTS

201
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 202

KNOWING
RECHARGING THE BATTERY VERSIONS WITHOUT Start&Stop SYSTEM
fig. 195
YOUR
VEHICLE IMPORTANT The battery recharging procedure is pro- Charge the battery as follows:
vided for information purposes only. You are recom-
mended to go to a Fiat Dealership to have this operation ❒ disconnect terminal B-fig. 195 from negative battery pole
performed. A;
SAFETY
We recommend recharging the battery slowly for ap- ❒ connect the charger cables to the battery terminals, ob-
proximately 24 hours at low amperage. Rapid charging with serving the poles;
high currents could damage the battery. ❒ turn on the charger;
STARTING
AND DRIVING ❒ when you have finished, turn the charger off before dis-
connecting the battery;
❒ reconnect terminal B to negative battery pole A.
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0805m
fig. 195
202
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 203

VERSIONS WITH Start&Stop SYSTEM WARNING


fig.196 KNOWING
Battery fluid is poisonous and corrosive: YOUR
Charge the battery as follows, paying utmost attention: avoid contact with your skin and eyes. VEHICLE
The battery recharging operation must be per-
❒ press the button A-fig. 196 to remove the connector formed in a ventilated place, away from naked
B from the sensor C monitoring the battery conditions flames or possible sources of sparks to avoid the
(the latter is on the negative pole of the battery). SAFETY
risk of explosion and fire.
❒ connect the positive cable (+) of the charger to the pos-
itive pole (+) of the battery;
STARTING
❒ connect the negative cable (–) of the charger to the AND DRIVING
pin D of the negative pole (–) of the battery;
❒ turn on the charger;
❒ when you have finished, turn the charger off before dis- WARNING LIGHTS
connecting the battery; AND MESSAGES
❒ reconnect the connector B to the battery sensor C.
IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0806m
fig. 196
203
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 204

KNOWING WARNING RAISING THE CAR


YOUR Don’t try to recharge a frozen battery: de-
VEHICLE frost it first or it might explode. If the bat- If the car needs to be lifted, go to a Fiat Dealership which
tery was frozen, have it inspected by specialised is equipped with the arm hoist or workshop lift.
personnel before recharging to check that the in- Lift the car only by positioning the ends of the jack arms
SAFETY ternal elements are not damaged and that the cas- or the workshop lift at the points shown in fig. 197.
ing is not cracked, which could cause poisonous,
corrosive acid to leak. IMPORTANT For Sport versions, take care not to damage
the side skirts when lifting the car with the workshop lift.
STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0622m
204 fig. 197
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 205

TOWING THE CAR WARNING KNOWING


The brake booster and power steering will YOUR
The tow ring provided with the car is housed in the tool not work while the vehicle is being towed. VEHICLE
box under the boot carpet. You will therefore need to apply more force to the
brake pedal and steering wheel. Do not use bendy
FASTENING THE TOW RING fig. 198-199 cables for towing and avoid jerking. Make sure not SAFETY
Proceed as follows: to damage parts in contact with the car while tow-
ing. When towing the vehicle, be sure to respect
❒ release the cap A; the specific rules of the highway code specifical-
❒ take the tow ring B from its support; ly in relation to the towing device and the be- STARTING
haviour to maintain on the road. AND DRIVING
❒ fully tighten the ring on the rear or front threaded pin.

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0625m F0U0626m
fig. 198 fig. 199 205
171-206 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:57 Pagina 206

KNOWING WARNING WARNING


YOUR Before towing, switch off the steering lock Clean the threaded housing throughly be-
VEHICLE (see “Ignition” in the “knowing your ve- fore fastening the tow ring. Make sure that
hicle” section). The brake booster and power the ring is securely fastened before towing the car.
steering will not work while the vehicle is being
SAFETY towed. You will therefore need to apply more
force to the brake pedal and steering wheel. Do
not use bendy cables for towing and avoid jerking. WARNING
Make sure not to damage parts in contact with
STARTING the car while towing. Respect the rules of the high- The front and rear tow hooks should be
AND DRIVING way code when towing the car, specifically in re- used only for emergency operations on the
lation to the towing device and road conduct. road. You are allowed to tow the car for short dis-
tances using an appropriate device in accordance
with the highway code (a rigid bar), to move the
WARNING LIGHTS vehicle on the road in readiness for towing or
AND MESSAGES transporting via a breakdown vehicle. Tow hooks
WARNING MUST NOT be used to tow vehicles off the road
During towing, do not start up the engine. or where there are obstacles and/or for towing op-
IN AN erations using cables or other non-rigid devices.
EMERGENCY Respecting the above conditions, towing must
take place with the two vehicles (one towing, the
other towed) aligned as much as possible along
SERVICING the same centre line.
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

206
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 207

SERVICING AND CARE KNOWING


YOUR
VEHICLE
SCHEDULED SERVICING IMPORTANT Scheduled Services are prescribed by the
manufacturer. Failure to stick to the schedule may invali-
Correct maintenance is essential for ensuring long car life date the warranty. SAFETY
under the best conditions. Scheduled Servicing is performed by all Fiat Dealerships at
This is why Fiat has prepared a series of checks and ser- pre-arranged times.
vice operations to be carried out every 30,000 kilometres If, during each part of the service, the need arises for ad- STARTING
(for petrol Euro 4, Euro 5 and Diesel Euro 4 versions) or ditional replacements or repairs, these may be carried out AND DRIVING
every 35,000 kilometres (for Euro 5 Diesel versions). only with the explicit agreement of the Customer.
It is, however, important to remember that scheduled ser- IMPORTANT You are advised to contact a Fiat Dealer-
vicing does not completely cover all the car’s requirements: ship immediately in the event of any minor operating faults, WARNING LIGHTS
even in the initial period before 30,000/35,000 km, and then without waiting for the next service. AND MESSAGES
subsequently between one service and another, ordinary
care is always required such as routine checks involving top- If your car is used frequently for towing trailers, the in-
ping up fluid levels, checking tyre pressures etc... terval between services should be reduced. IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

207
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 208

KNOWING SCHEDULED SERVICING PLAN


YOUR EURO 4, EURO 5 PETROL AND EURO 4 DIESEL VERSIONS
VEHICLE
Thousands of kilometres 30 60 90 120 150 180
Check tyre condition/wear and adjust pressure if required ● ● ● ● ● ●
SAFETY
Check operation of lighting system (headlamps, direction indicators,
hazard warning lights, boot, passenger compartment, glove box,
instrument panel warning lights, etc.) ● ● ● ● ● ●
STARTING Check operation of windscreen washer system and adjust nozzles
AND DRIVING if necessary. ● ● ● ● ● ●
Check windscreen/rear window wiper blade position/wear ● ● ● ● ● ●

WARNING LIGHTS Check conditions and wear of front/rear disc brake pads
(for versions/markets where provided) and operation of pad wear indicator ● ● ● ● ● ●
AND MESSAGES
Check condition and wear of rear drum brake linings ● ● ●
Visually inspect the conditions of: bodywork,
IN AN underbody protection, pipes and tubes
EMERGENCY (exhaust – fuel – brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Check cleanliness of bonnet and boot locks, and the cleanliness
and lubrication of linkages ● ● ● ● ● ●
SERVICING Check and, if necessary, top up fluid levels (brakes/hydraulic
AND CARE clutch, windscreen washer, battery, engine coolant, etc.) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Check the handbrake lever stroke and adjust it, if necessary ● ● ● ● ● ●
Visually inspect the condition of accessory drive belt/s. ● ●
TECHNICAL
Visually inspect the condition of toothed timing belt ● ●
SPECIFICATIONS
Check tension of accessory drive belt/s, and adjust if necessary
(versions 1.2 – 1.4 heated) ● ●
Check and, if necessary, adjust tappet clearance (1.2 8v – 1.4 8v versions) ● ● ●
CONTENTS
Check exhaust gas emissions ● ● ● ● ● ●
Check engine management system operation (via diagnostic socket) ● ● ● ● ● ●
208
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 209

Thousands of kilometres 30 60 90 120 150 180


KNOWING
Check battery charge status and possibly recharge ● ● ● ● ● ● YOUR
Replace accessory drive belt/s ●
VEHICLE
Replace toothed timing belt (*) ●
Replace spark plugs (petrol versions) (1) ● ● ● ● ● ● SAFETY
Replace fuel filter (diesel versions) ● ● ●
Replace air filter cartridge (petrol versions) (❏) ● ● ●
Change engine oil and replace oil filter (petrol versions) STARTING
(or every 24 months) (3) ● ● ● ● ● ● AND DRIVING
Change engine oil and replace oil filter
(EURO 4 diesel versions without DPF) (or every 24 months) ● ● ● ● ● ●
Change engine oil and oil filter (diesel EURO 4 versions with DPF) (Õ) (2) WARNING LIGHTS
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months) ● ● ●
AND MESSAGES
Replace pollen filter (or every 15 months) ● ● ● ● ● ●
(*) Regardless of the distance covered, the timing belt should be replaced every 4 years for particularly demanding use (cold climates, city dri- IN AN
ving, idling for a long time, dusty areas) or, in any case, every 5 years. EMERGENCY
(❏) For Euro 4 diesel versions, the air filter cartridge should be replaced every 30,000 km.
(Õ) The engine oil and the filter must be replaced when the warning light on the dashboard comes on (see the “Warning lights and messages”
section) or at least every 24 months. SERVICING
AND CARE
(1) For 1.4 Turbo Multi Air versions, in order to guarantee correct operation and prevent serious damage to
the engine, it is essential to observe the following: TECHNICAL
– only use spark plugs specifically certified for 1.4 Turbo Multi Air engines; all spark plugs should be of the
same type and brand (see the “Engine” paragraph); SPECIFICATIONS
– adhere strictly to the spark plug replacement intervals detailed in the Scheduled Servicing Plan;
– it is advisable to have this performed at a Fiat Dealership.
(2) If the car is used mainly for town driving, the engine oil and filter should be changed every 12 months. CONTENTS
(3) If the vehicle is used mainly around town or the annual distance travelled is less than 10,000 km, the engine oil and oil fil-
ter must be changed every 12 months.
209
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 210

EURO 5 DIESEL VERSIONS


KNOWING
YOUR Thousands of kilometres 35 70 105 140 175
VEHICLE
Check tyre condition/wear and adjust pressure if required ● ● ● ● ●
Check operation of lighting system (headlamps, direction indicators, hazard warning lights,
SAFETY boot, passenger compartment, glove box, instrument panel warning lights, etc.) ● ● ● ● ●
Check operation of windscreen washer system and adjust nozzles
if necessary ● ● ● ● ●
STARTING
AND DRIVING Check windscreen/rear window wiper blade position/wear ● ● ● ● ●
Check condition and wear of front disc brake pads and operation of pad
wear indicator ● ● ● ● ●
WARNING LIGHTS Check condition and wear of rear disc brake pads (for version/markets, where provided) ● ● ● ● ●
AND MESSAGES
Check condition and wear of rear drum brake linings (1.3 Multijet version) ● ●
Visually inspect the conditions of: bodywork, underbody protection,
IN AN pipes and tubes (exhaust - fuel - brakes), rubber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.) ● ● ● ● ●
EMERGENCY
Check cleanliness of bonnet and boot locks, as well as cleanliness and lubrication of linkages ● ● ● ● ●
Check and, if necessary, top up fluid levels (brakes/hydraulic clutch, windscreen washer,
SERVICING battery, engine coolant, etc.) ● ● ● ● ●
AND CARE
Check the handbrake lever stroke and adjust it, if necessary ● ● ● ● ●
Visually inspect the condition of accessory drive belts ● ●
TECHNICAL Check emissions/fumes ● ● ● ● ●
SPECIFICATIONS
Check engine management system operation (via diagnostic socket) ● ● ● ● ●
Check battery charge status and possibly recharge ● ● ● ● ●
CONTENTS

210
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 211

KNOWING
YOUR
Thousands of kilometres 35 70 105 140 175
VEHICLE
Replace accessory drive belt/s ●
Replace fuel filter ● ● SAFETY
Replace air filter cartridge ● ● ● ● ●
Change engine oil and replace oil filter (*)
STARTING
Change brake fluid (or every 24 months) ● ● AND DRIVING
Change pollen filter (or every 15 months) ● ● ● ● ●

(*) The engine oil and the filter must be replaced when the warning light on the dashboard comes on (see the “Warning lights and WARNING LIGHTS
messages” section) or at least every 24 months. AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
If the car is used mainly for town driving, the engine oil and filter should be changed every 12 months.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

211
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 212

KNOWING
REGULAR CHECKS HEAVY USAGE OF THE VEHICLE
YOUR Should the car be used predominantly in one of the fol-
VEHICLE Every 1,000 km or before long journeys, check and, if nec-
essary, top up: lowing particularly demanding conditions:
❒ engine coolant fluid level; ❒ trailer or caravan towing;
SAFETY ❒ dusty roads;
❒ brake fluid level;
❒ short (less than 7-8 km) and repeated journeys in sub-
❒ windscreen washer fluid level; zero temperatures;
STARTING ❒ tyre pressures and conditions; ❒ frequently idling engine or long-distance, low-speed dri-
AND DRIVING ❒ operation of lighting system (headlights, direction indi- ving (e.g. door-to-door deliveries), or in the event of
cators, hazard lights, etc.); long-term inactivity;
perform the following inspections more frequently than
❒ operation of the windscreen wiper/washer system, po-
WARNING LIGHTS sition and wear of the windscreen and rear window
shown on the Scheduled Servicing Plan:
AND MESSAGES wiper blades; ❒ check condition and wear of front disc brake pads;
Check and top up, if required, the engine oil level every ❒ check cleanliness of bonnet and boot locks, as well as
3,000 km. cleanliness and lubrication of linkages;
IN AN
EMERGENCY You are recommended to use PETRONAS LUBRICANTS ❒ visually inspect the conditions of: engine, gearbox, trans-
products, which have been designed and produced specif- mission, pipes and tubes (exhaust – fuel – brakes), rub-
ically for Fiat cars (see table “Capacities” in the “Techni- ber parts (boots, sleeves, bushes, etc.);
SERVICING cal specifications” section). ❒ check battery charge and liquid level (electrolyte);
AND CARE ❒ visually inspect condition of accessory drive belts;
❒ check pollen filter and replace it, if required;
TECHNICAL ❒ check air filter and replace, if required.
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

212
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 5-10-2011 8:49 Pagina 213

CHECKING LEVELS KNOWING


YOUR
WARNING VEHICLE
Never smoke while
working in the engine
compartment: inflammable gas- SAFETY
es and vapours may be present,
constituting a fire risk.
STARTING
AND DRIVING

When topping up, take


care not to mix up the WARNING LIGHTS
various types of fluids: fig. 198 - 1.2 (Euro 4) - 1.4 8V (Euro 4) versions
F0U0649m AND MESSAGES
they are not compatible with
each other and could seriously
damage the car. IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

1. Engine coolant TECHNICAL


2. Battery SPECIFICATIONS
3. Windscreen washer fluid
4. Brake fluid CONTENTS
5. Engine oil.
F0U0650m
fig. 199 - 1.2 (Euro 5) - 1.4 8V (Euro 5) versions
213
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 214

1. Engine coolant
KNOWING
YOUR 2. Battery
VEHICLE
3. Windscreen washer fluid
4. Brake fluid
SAFETY 5. Engine oil.

STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES fig. 200 - 1.4 Multi Air versions
F0U0638m

IN AN
EMERGENCY 1. Engine coolant
2. Battery
3. Windscreen washer fluid
SERVICING
AND CARE 4. Brake fluid
5. Engine oil.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0639m
fig. 200 - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air version
214
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 215

1. Engine oil
KNOWING
2. Engine coolant YOUR
3. Windscreen washer fluid VEHICLE
4. Brake fluid
5. Battery SAFETY
6. Diesel filter.
STARTING
AND DRIVING

WARNING LIGHTS
fig. 202 - 1.3 Multijet (Euro 4) version
F0U0640m
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
1. Engine coolant EMERGENCY
2. Battery
3. Windscreen washer fluid
SERVICING
4. Brake fluid AND CARE
5. Engine oil
6. Diesel filter. TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS
F0U0641m
fig. 203 - 1.3 Multijet (Euro 5) version
215
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 216

ENGINE OIL fig. 204-205-206 IMPORTANT After adding or changing the oil, let the en-
KNOWING gine turn over for a few seconds and wait a few minutes
YOUR Check the oil level a few minutes (about 5) after the en- after turning it off before you check the level.
VEHICLE gine has stopped, with the car parked on level ground.
The oil level should be between the MIN and MAX marks
on the dipstick B.
SAFETY
The gap between the MIN and MAX marks corresponds
to about 1 litre of oil.
STARTING If the oil level is near or under the MIN line, add oil through
AND DRIVING the filler A until it reaches the MAX line.
The oil level should never exceed the MAX line.

WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
F0U0283m
fig. 205 – 1.4 Multi Air versions

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0282m F0U0284m
fig. 204 – 1.2 and 1.4 8v versions
216 fig. 206 – 1.3 Multijet version
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 217

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION Do not add oil with different characteris- KNOWING
The maximum engine oil consumption is usually 400 grams tics from those of the existing engine oil. YOUR
every 1,000 km. VEHICLE
During the initial period of usage for the vehicle, the en-
gine is bedding in, therefore the engine oil consumption
may settle down only after the first 5,000 – 6,000 km. SAFETY
IMPORTANT The oil consumption depends on driving The used engine oil and the replaced oil fil-
style and the conditions under which the car is used. ter contain substances that are harmful to
the environment. It is advisable to have oil STARTING
and filters changed by a Fiat Dealership, where they AND DRIVING
will be disposed of properly and in accordance with
WARNING the law.
Be very careful working in the engine com- WARNING LIGHTS
partment when the engine is hot: you may AND MESSAGES
get burned. Remember that the fan may start up
if the engine is hot: this could injure you. Make
sure that scarves, ties and other items of loose-fit- IN AN
ting clothing do not get caught up in moving com- EMERGENCY
ponents.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

217
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 218

ENGINE COOLANT fig. 207


KNOWING PARAFLUUP anti-freeze is used in the en-
YOUR The coolant level should be checked when the engine is gine cooling system. Use the same fluid as
VEHICLE cold and should be between the MIN and MAX lines on in the cooling system when topping up.
the reservoir. PARAFLUUP should not be mixed with any other
type of fluid. If this accidentally occurs, do not start
If the level is low, slowly pour a mixture of 50% distilled the engine and contact a Fiat Dealership.
SAFETY water and 50% PARAFLUUP (made by PETRONAS
LUBRICANTS) through the filler neck A until the level ap-
proaches MAX.
STARTING A 50-50 mixture of PARAFLUUP and distilled water gives
AND DRIVING freeze protection up to –35°C.
When the vehicle is used in particularly harsh weather con-
ditions, we recommend using a 60-40 mixture of
WARNING LIGHTS PARAFLUUP and distilled water.
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0286m
fig. 207
218
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 219

WARNING WARNING KNOWING


The engine cooling system is pressurized. Do not travel if the windscreen washer YOUR
If the cap needs replacing, do so with an- reservoir is empty: using the windscreen VEHICLE
other original or the effectiveness of the system washer is essential for improving visibility.
may be compromised. Do not remove the cap
from the reservoir when the engine is hot: you may SAFETY
get burned
WARNING
Some commercial additives for wind- STARTING
WINDSCREEN/REAR WINDOW WASHER/ screen washing are flammable. The en- AND DRIVING
HEADLIGHT WASHER FLUID fig. 208 gine compartment contains hot parts which could
cause a fire if they come into contact with these
To top up, remove the cap A. additives. WARNING LIGHTS
Pour in a mixture of water and TUTELA PROFESSION- AND MESSAGES
AL SC35 liquid, in the following concentrations:
30% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC35 and 70% water in
summer. IN AN
EMERGENCY
50% TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC35 and 50% water in
winter.
At temperatures below –20°C, use undiluted TUTELA SERVICING
PROFESSIONAL SC35 fluid. AND CARE
Check the level through the reservoir.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0287m
fig. 208
219
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 220

BRAKE FLUID fig. 209 IMPORTANT Brake fluid absorbs moisture. For this rea-
KNOWING son, if the car is mainly used in areas with a high degree
YOUR Undo the cap A and check that the liquid contained in the of atmospheric humidity, the fluid should be replaced at
VEHICLE reservoir is at the maximum level. more frequent intervals than specified in the “Scheduled
Fluid level in the reservoir must not exceed the MAX Servicing Plan”.
mark.
SAFETY
If you do need to top up, use the brake fluid shown in the
“Fluids and lubricants” table (see “Technical Specifica- Prevent brake fluid, which is highly corro-
tions”). sive, from coming into contact with paint-
STARTING ed parts. Should this occur, immediately
AND DRIVING NB Carefully clean the reservoir cap A and the sur-
rounding surfaces. wash with water.
When opening the cap, make sure that no dirt gets into
WARNING LIGHTS the reservoir.
AND MESSAGES For topping up, always use a funnel with integrated filter WARNING
that has a mesh inferior or equal to 0.12 mm. Brake fluid is poisonous and highly corro-
sive. In the event of accidental contact,
IN AN wash the parts immediately with water and mild
EMERGENCY soap, then rinse with plenty of water. In case of
swallowing, immediately call a doctor.

SERVICING
AND CARE

WARNING
TECHNICAL The symbol π on the container indicates
SPECIFICATIONS a synthetic brake fluid, which is different
from a mineral fluid. Using a mineral-type fluid
will damage the special rubber seals of the brak-
CONTENTS ing system beyond repair.

F0U0288m
fig. 210
220
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 221

WARNING BATTERY KNOWING


Brake fluid is poisonous and highly corro- YOUR
sive. In the event of accidental contact, The battery is of the “limited maintenance” type: under VEHICLE
wash the parts immediately with water and mild normal conditions of use, the electrolyte does not need
soap, then rinse with plenty of water. In case of topping up with distilled water.
swallowing, immediately call a doctor. SAFETY
CHECKING THE CHARGE
AND THE ELECTROLYTE LEVEL
Inspection operations must be carried out only by spe- STARTING
cialised personnel, following the prescriptions contained AND DRIVING
WARNING
in this Owner Handbook. Any top-up operations must
The symbol π on the container indicates be carried out only by specialised personnel at a Fiat Deal-
a synthetic brake fluid, which is different ership.
from a mineral fluid. Using a mineral-type fluid WARNING LIGHTS
will damage the special rubber seals of the brak- AND MESSAGES
ing system beyond repair.
IN AN
WARNING EMERGENCY
The battery fluid is poisonous and corro-
AIR FILTER sive. Avoid contact with the skin and eyes.
Keep naked flames or possible sources of sparks SERVICING
Have the air filter replaced by a Fiat Dealership. away from the battery: risk of explosion or fire. AND CARE

POLLEN FILTER TECHNICAL


WARNING SPECIFICATIONS
Have the pollen filter replaced by a Fiat Dealership.
Using the battery when the fluid is too low
can damage it irreparably and generate
a risk of explosion. CONTENTS

221
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 222

REPLACING THE BATTERY WARNING


KNOWING
YOUR If required, replace the battery with an original spare part If the vehicle must remain unused for
VEHICLE with the same specifications. a long time at very low temperatures, re-
move the battery and take it to a warm place to
If a battery with different specifications is fitted, the ser- avoid freezing.
vice intervals given in the “Scheduled Servicing Plan” will
SAFETY no longer be valid.
For battery maintenance, you should therefore refer to
the instructions provided by the battery manufacturer. WARNING
STARTING If you have to perform any operation on
AND DRIVING the battery or near it, always protect your
eyes with special goggles.
Incorrect assembly of electric and electronic
WARNING LIGHTS devices may cause severe damage to your
AND MESSAGES car. Go to a Fiat Dealership if you want to USEFUL ADVICE FOR EXTENDING
install accessories (alarms, mobile phone, etc.): they THE LIFE OF YOUR BATTERY
will suggest the most suitable devices and advise you
IN AN if a higher capacity battery needs to be installed. To avoid draining your battery and make it last longer, fol-
EMERGENCY low these instructions closely:
❒ when you park the car, ensure that the doors, boot and
bonnet are closed properly to prevent the ceiling cour-
SERVICING Batteries contain substances that are very tesy lights from staying on;
AND CARE harmful to the environment. It is advisable ❒ turn off the ceiling lights, although the car does have
to have the battery changed by a Fiat Deal- an automatic system for switching off internal lights;
ership, where it will be disposed of properly and in
❒ do not leave devices (e.g. sound system, hazard lights,
TECHNICAL accordance with the law.
etc.) switched on for a long time when the engine is not
SPECIFICATIONS running;
❒ before performing any operation on the electrical sys-
tem, disconnect the negative battery cable;
CONTENTS ❒ make sure battery terminals are fully tightened.

222
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 223

IMPORTANT If the battery remains with the charge be- WHEELS AND TYRES KNOWING
low 50% for a long time it becomes damaged through sul-
phation and its starting capacity is reduced. YOUR
Check the pressure of each tyre, including the spare, every VEHICLE
The battery will also be more at risk of freezing (this can two weeks and before long journeys. The pressure should
happen as early as -10°C). Refer to “Car inactivity” in be checked with the tyre rested and cold.
“Starting and driving” if the car is left parked for a long It is normal for the pressure to increase when the car is used; SAFETY
time. for the correct tyre inflation pressure, see “Wheels” in the
If, after buying the car, you want to install electrical devices “Technical specifications” section.
that require a permanent electric supply (alarm, etc.) or Incorrect pressure causes abnormal tyre wear fig. 210: STARTING
devices that use a lot of electricity, contact a Fiat Dealer- AND DRIVING
ship. Their qualified personnel, in addition to suggesting A normal pressure: tread evenly worn.
the most suitable devices from the Lineaccessori Fiat range, B low pressure: tread particularly worn at the edges.
will evaluate the overall electricity consumption, check-
ing whether the car’s electrical system is capable of with- C high pressure: tread particularly worn in the centre. WARNING LIGHTS
standing the load required, or whether it should be inte- AND MESSAGES
The tyres must be replaced when the tread is less than
grated with a more powerful battery. 1.6 mm thick. In all cases, follow the laws in force in the coun-
Since these devices continue to consume energy even try where you are driving.
IN AN
when the engine is switched off, they gradually run down EMERGENCY
the battery.
IMPORTANT NOTES
❒ Where possible, avoid braking suddenly, wheel-spinning
and crashing into kerbs, potholes or other obstacles. Long SERVICING
distances on uneven roads can damage the tyres; AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

223
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 224

❒ check the tyres regularly for cuts on the sides, swelling WARNING
KNOWING or irregular tread wear. Go to a Fiat Dealership if re-
YOUR quired;
If the pressure is too low, the tyre will over-
VEHICLE heat and could be seriously damaged.
❒ avoid overloading the car when travelling: this may cause
serious damage to the wheels and tyres;
SAFETY ❒ if a tyre is punctured, stop the vehicle immediately and
change it to avoid damage to the tyre, the rim, and the
suspension and steering systems; WARNING
Avoid switching the tyres from the right
STARTING ❒ a tyre will age even if it is not used much. Cracks in side of the vehicle to the left side and vice
AND DRIVING the tread and on the sidewalls are a sign of ageing. In versa.
any event, have the tyres checked by specialised per-
sonnel if they have been fitted for longer than 6 years. Do not re-spray alloy wheel rims at temperatures
Remember to check the spare wheel very carefully; higher than 150°C. The mechanical characteris-
WARNING LIGHTS tics of the wheels may be compromised.
AND MESSAGES ❒ in case of replacement, always fit new tyres, avoiding
those with an unknown origin;
❒ if a tyre is replaced, you should also change the inflation
IN AN valve;
EMERGENCY ❒ to allow even wear between the front and rear tyres,
it is advisable to switch them every 10-15 thousand kilo-
metres, keeping them on the same side of the car so
SERVICING as not to reverse the direction of rotation.
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS WARNING
Remember that the car’s road holding de-
pends on correct tyre pressures
CONTENTS

F0U0289m
fig. 210
224
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 225

RUBBER TUBES WINDSCREEN WIPER KNOWING


YOUR
As far as the brake system and fuel rubber hoses are con- VEHICLE
cerned, stick closely to the “Scheduled Servicing Plan” in BLADES
this section. Clean the rubber part regularly using special products;
Ozone, high temperatures and a prolonged lack of fluid TUTELA PROFESSIONAL SC35 is recommended.
SAFETY
in the system may cause hardening and cracking of the Replace the blades if the rubber edge is misshapen or
tubes, which could result in leaks. worn. In any event, it is advisable to replace them ap-
Careful inspections are therefore necessary. proximately once a year.
STARTING
A few simple precautions can reduce the possibility of dam- AND DRIVING
age to the blades:
❒ make sure that the rubber part is not frozen to the
windscreen in sub-zero temperatures. Use an antifreeze WARNING LIGHTS
product to release it if required; AND MESSAGES
❒ remove any snow from the glass: in addition to pro-
tecting the blades, this prevents the electric motor from
overheating; IN AN
❒ do not operate the windscreen wipers on dry glass. EMERGENCY

SERVICING
WARNING AND CARE
Driving with worn wiper blades is a serious
hazard, because visibility is reduced in bad
weather. TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

225
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 226

Replacing the windscreen wiper blades fig. 211 SPRAY NOZZLES


KNOWING
YOUR How to remove the blade:
Windscreen washer fig. 213
VEHICLE ❒ lift the arm A off the windscreen;
❒ turn blade B 90° around pin C, located at the end of the If the jet is not coming out, firstly check that there is flu-
wiper arm; id in the reservoir (see “Checking levels” in this section).
SAFETY ❒ remove the blade from the pin C. Then check that the nozzle holes are not clogged; use
How to insert the blade: a needle to unblock them if necessary.
❒ fit pin C into the hole located in the middle of the
STARTING blade B;
AND DRIVING ❒ refit the arm with the blade on the windscreen.

Changing the rear window wiper blade fig. 212


WARNING LIGHTS Proceed as follows:
AND MESSAGES ❒ raise the cover A and remove the arm from the car,
slackening the nut B that fastens it to the pivot pin;
❒ fit the new arm, positioning it correctly, and fully tight-
IN AN en the nut;
EMERGENCY
❒ lower the cover.

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0290m F0U0291m
fig. 211 fig. 212
226
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 227

Rear window washer fig. 214 BODYWORK KNOWING


The rear window washer jets are fixed. YOUR
The nozzle holder is located above the rear window. PROTECTION FROM ATMOSPHERIC VEHICLE
AGENTS
The main causes of corrosion are the following:
❒ atmospheric pollution; SAFETY
❒ salty air and humidity (coastal areas or hot and humid
climates);
❒ seasonal environmental conditions. STARTING
AND DRIVING
The abrasive action of wind-borne atmospheric dust and
sand, as well as mud and gravel raised by other cars is al-
so not to be underestimated.
WARNING LIGHTS
Fiat used the best manufacturing technologies on your car AND MESSAGES
to effectively protect the bodywork against corrosion.
These are the most important:
❒ painting products and systems which give the car par- IN AN
ticular resistance to corrosion and abrasion; EMERGENCY
❒ use of galvanised (or pre-treated) steel sheets with high
F0U0292m
fig. 213
resistance to corrosion;
❒ spraying the underbody, engine compartment, wheel- SERVICING
house internal parts and other elements with highly pro- AND CARE
tective wax-based products;
❒ spraying protective plastic materials in the most exposed
areas: underdoor, inner mudguard parts, edges, etc.; TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
❒ using “open” boxed sections to prevent condensation
and pockets of moisture from triggering rust inside.

CONTENTS

F0U0293m
fig. 214
227
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 228

VEHICLE BODY AND UNDERBODY ❒ rinse with plenty of water and dry with a jet of air or
KNOWING WARRANTY a chamois leather.
YOUR
VEHICLE Your car is covered by warranty against perforation, due Dry the less visible parts particularly carefully, such as the
to rust, of any original element of the structure or body- door frames, bonnet and the headlight frames, where wa-
work. ter may stagnate more easily. It is a good idea to leave
SAFETY the car in the open for a while after washing it to give time
For the general terms of this warranty, refer to your War- for the water to evaporate.
ranty Booklet.
Do not wash the car after it has been left in the sun or
STARTING with the bonnet hot: this may alter the shine of the paint-
AND DRIVING ADVICE FOR PRESERVING THE BODYWORK work.
Exterior plastic parts must be cleaned in the same way as
Paint the rest of the car.
WARNING LIGHTS Paintwork does not only serve an aesthetic purpose, but Where possible, do not park under trees; the resinous
AND MESSAGES also protects the underlying sheet metal. substances that fall off many species give the paint a dull
Touch up abrasions and scratches immediately to prevent appearance and increase the possibility of triggering rust
the formation of rust. Use only original paint products processes.
IN AN for touch-ups (see “Bodywork paint identification plate”
EMERGENCY IMPORTANT Bird droppings should be washed off im-
in the “Technical specifications” section). mediately and thoroughly as the acid they contain is par-
Normal care for paintwork consists of washing the car; ticularly aggressive.
how often depends on the conditions and environment
SERVICING where the car is used. For example, it is advisable to wash
AND CARE the car more often in areas with high atmospheric pollu-
tion or if you are travelling on gritted roads.
TECHNICAL To wash the car properly, proceed as follows:
SPECIFICATIONS ❒ if taking your car through an automatic car wash, re-
move the aerial from the roof;
❒ wash the body using a low-pressure jet of water;
CONTENTS ❒ use a sponge to wipe a slightly soapy solution over the
bodywork, frequently rinsing the sponge;
228
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 229

Detergents cause water pollution. The ve- INTERIOR KNOWING


hicle should be washed only in areas YOUR
equipped for collecting and purifying the Check regularly that water is not trapped under the mats VEHICLE
liquids used in the washing process. (due to drops from shoes, umbrellas, etc.), as this could
cause the sheet metal to rust.
Windows SAFETY
Use specific detergents to clean the windows. WARNING
Also use clean cloths to avoid scratching the glass or al- Never use flammable products, such as
tering the transparency. STARTING
petroleum ether or modified petrol, to AND DRIVING
IMPORTANT Wipe the rear window gently with a cloth clean inside the car. The electrostatic charges
in the direction of the filaments to avoid damaging the heat- which are generated by rubbing during cleaning
ing device. may cause a fire. WARNING LIGHTS
Engine compartment AND MESSAGES
Wash the engine compartment thoroughly at the end of
every winter. Be careful not to direct the jet of water on-
to electronic control units. Adequately protect the up- IN AN
WARNING EMERGENCY
per air vents to prevent damage to the windscreen wiper
motor. Have this operation performed at a specialised Do not keep aerosol cans in the vehicle:
workshop. these could explode. Aerosol cans must
not be exposed to temperatures exceeding 50°C. SERVICING
IMPORTANT The washing should take place with the en- When the vehicle is exposed to sunlight, the tem- AND CARE
gine cold and the ignition key in the STOP position. After perature inside can greatly exceed this value.
the wash, make sure that the various protective devices
(e.g. rubber caps and guards) have not been removed or TECHNICAL
damaged. SPECIFICATIONS
Front headlights
IMPORTANT Never use aromatic substances (e.g. petrol)
or ketenes (e.g. acetone) for cleaning the plastic lenses of the CONTENTS
front headlights.

229
207-230 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 27-09-2011 8:58 Pagina 230

SEATS AND FABRIC PARTS PLASTIC PARTS


KNOWING
YOUR Remove dust with a soft brush or a vacuum cleaner. It is It is advisable to clean interior plastic parts with a damp
VEHICLE advisable to use a damp brush on velvet upholstery. cloth and a solution of water and non-abrasive mild soap.
To remove grease and tough stains, use products designed
Wipe the seats with a sponge soaked in a solution of mild specifically for cleaning plastics. These have no solvents
detergent and water. and have been designed so that they do not alter the ap-
SAFETY
pearance and colour of the components.
IMPORTANT Never use spirits or petroleum to clean the
STARTING The fabric upholstery of your car is designed instrument panel.
AND DRIVING to withstand normal wear and tear for
a long time. Some precautions are needed REAL LEATHER STEERING WHEEL/GEAR
though. Avoid prolonged and/or excessive rubbing LEVER KNOB
WARNING LIGHTS against clothing accessories such as metal buckles These components must be cleaned with mild soap and
AND MESSAGES and Velcro strips which, by applying a high pressure water only.
on the fabric in a small area, could cause some
threads to break, thereby damaging the upholstery. Never use spirits and/or alcohol-based products.
IN AN Before using off-the-shelf products designed for cleaning
EMERGENCY vehicle interiors, make sure that they do not contain spir-
its and/or alcohol-based substances.
If window cleaner accidentally drips onto the steering
SERVICING wheel or gear lever knob, wipe away immediately and then
AND CARE wash the affected area with mild soap and water.
IMPORTANT When arranging a steering wheel locking
device, be careful not to damage the leather upholstery.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

230
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 231

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS KNOWING


YOUR
VEHICLE
IDENTIFICATION DATA H Maximum authorised weight on rear axle.
I Engine type.
We recommend taking note of the identification codes. SAFETY
The following identification codes are printed and L Bodywork version code.
shown on the plates: M Number for spare parts.
❒ Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate. N Correct value of smoke coefficient (for diesel engines). STARTING
❒ Chassis marking. AND DRIVING
❒ Bodywork paint identification plate.
❒ Engine marking. WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
VIN PLATE fig. 215
The plate can be found on the left side of the boot floor
and it bears the following identification data: IN AN
EMERGENCY
B Type-approval number.
C Vehicle type identification code.
SERVICING
D Chassis manufacturing serial number. AND CARE
E Maximum authorised weight of vehicle fully laden.
F Maximum authorised weight of vehicle fully laden plus
trailer. TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
G Maximum authorised weight on front axle.

CONTENTS

F0U0294m
fig. 215
231
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 232

BODYWORK PAINT IDENTIFICATION ENGINE MARKING


KNOWING PLATE fig. 216
YOUR This is printed onto the cylinder block and shows the type
VEHICLE This can be found on the external rear door pillar (left- and production serial number.
hand side) and it bears the following information:
A Paint manufacturer.
SAFETY
B Colour name.
C Fiat colour code.
STARTING D Re-spray and touch-up colour code.
AND DRIVING
CHASSIS MARKING fig. 217

WARNING LIGHTS It is printed on the passenger compartment floor, near


AND MESSAGES or under the right front passenger seat
❒ vehicle type (ZFA 199000);
IN AN ❒ chassis serial number.
EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0295m F0U0296m
fig. 216 fig. 217
232
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 233

ENGINE CODES – BODYWORK VERSIONS KNOWING


YOUR
Version Type code Bodywork version code VEHICLE
engine 3 doors / 5 seats 5 doors / 5 seats
1.2 (Euro 4) 199A4000 199AXA1A 00H 199BXA1A 01E SAFETY
1.2 (Euro 5) 169A4000 199AXZ1A 50G 199BXZ1A 51G
1.2 (Euro 5 - Start&Stop) 169A4000 199AXZ1A 50C 199BXZ1A 51C
1.2 (ECO - Start&Stop) 169A4000 199AXZ1A 50F 199BXZ1A 51F STARTING
1.4 (Euro 4) 350A1000 199AXB1A 02S 199BXB1A 03S AND DRIVING
1.4 (Euro 5 - Start&Stop) 350A1000 199AXB1A 02Y 199BXB1A 03Y
199A7000 (●) 199AXH1A 19L (●) 199BXH1A 20L (●)
1.4 Multi Air (Start&Stop) 955A6000 199AXV1B 43C 199BXV1B 44C WARNING LIGHTS
1.4 Turbo Multi Air (Start&Stop) 955A2000 199AXW1A 45 199BXW1A 46
AND MESSAGES
199AXW1A 45C (Õ) 199BXW1A 46C (Õ)
1.3 Multijet 75HP (Euro 4) 199AXC1A 04H
199A2000 199BXC1A 05L IN AN
1.3 Multijet 75HP (Euro 5) 199A9000 199AXT1A 37L 199BXT1A 38L EMERGENCY
1.3 Multijet 75HP
(Euro 5 - Start&Stop) 199A9000 199AXT1A 37 199BXT1A 38
1.3 Multijet 85HP SERVICING
(Euro 5 - Start&Stop) 199AXY1A 48D 199BXY1A 49D
199B4000 AND CARE
1.3 Multijet 95HP
(Euro 5 - Start&Stop) 199B1000 199AXU1A 39 199BXU1A 40

(Õ) Sports setup versions


TECHNICAL
(●) For versions/markets where provided
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

233
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 234

KNOWING
ENGINE
YOUR
VEHICLE GENERAL INFORMATION 1.2 (Euro 4) 1.2 (Euro 5) 1.4 1.4 Multi Air 1.4 Turbo
Multi Air
Type code 199A4000 169A4000 350A1000 955A6000 955A2000
SAFETY
199A7000 (●)
Cycle Otto Otto Otto Otto Otto
STARTING Number and layout of cylinders 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line
AND DRIVING
Piston bore and stroke mm 70.8 x 78.86 70.8 x 78.86 72 x 84 72 x 84 72 x 84
Total capacity cm3 1242 1242 1368 1368 1368
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES Compression ratio 11.1 : 1 11.1 : 1 11.1 : 1 10.8 : 1 9.8 : 1
Max. power (EEC) kW 48 51 57 / 55 (●) 77 99
HP 65 69 77 / 75 (●) 105 135
IN AN corresponding speed rpm 5500 5500 6000 6500 5000
EMERGENCY
Max. torque (EEC) Nm 102 102 115 130 206
kgm 10.4 10.4 11.7 13.2 21
corresponding speed rpm 3000 3000 3250 4000 1750
SERVICING
AND CARE Spark plugs NGK NGK NGK NGK NGK
ZKR7A-10 ZKR7A-10 ZKR7A-10 DCPR7E-N10 IKR9F8
Champion Champion Champion
TECHNICAL RA8MCX4 RA8MCX4 RA8MCX4
SPECIFICATIONS Fuel
Unleaded petrol 95 RON (EN228 Specification)

CONTENTS (●) For versions/markets where provided

234
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 235

KNOWING
YOUR
GENERAL 1.3 Multijet 75HP 1.3 Multijet 75HP 1.3 Multijet 85HP 1.3 Multijet 95HP VEHICLE
INFORMATION (Euro 4) (Euro 5)
Type code 199A2000 199A9000 199B4000 199B1000 SAFETY
Cycle Diesel Diesel Diesel Diesel
Number and layout of cylinders 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line 4 in line
STARTING
Piston bore and stroke mm 69,6 x 82 69,6 x 82 69,6 x 82 69,6 x 82 AND DRIVING
Total capacity cm3 1248 1248 1248 1248
Compression ratio 17,6 : 1 16,8 : 1 16,8 : 1 16,8 : 1 WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Max power (EEC) kW 55 55 62 70
HP 75 75 85 95
corresponding speed rpm 4000 4000 3500 4000
IN AN
Max torque (EEC) Nm 190 190 200 200 EMERGENCY
kgm 19,4 19,4 20,4 20,4
corresponding speed rpm 1500 1500 1500 1500
Fuel SERVICING
Diesel for motor vehicles (EN590 Specification) AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

235
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 236

KNOWING
FUEL SUPPLY
YOUR
VEHICLE 1.2 – 1.4 – 1.4 Multi Air 1.4 Turbo Multi Air 1.3 Multijet

Fuel Multipoint electronic Electronically controlled Common Rail Multijet


supply injection phased sequential multipoint direct injection
SAFETY electronic injection
, with turbo and intercooler

STARTING
AND DRIVING WARNING
Modifications or repairs to the fuel supply system that are not carried out properly or do not
take the system’s technical specifications into account can cause malfunctions leading to the
WARNING LIGHTS risk of fire.
AND MESSAGES

IN AN TRANSMISSION
EMERGENCY
1.2 - 1.4 - 1.4 Turbo Multi Air - 1.3 Multijet 75HP 1.4 Multi Air
1.3 Multijet 85HP - 1.3 Multijet 95HP
SERVICING
AND CARE Gearbox Five forward gears plus reverse with synchronisers Six forward gears plus reverse
for selecting forward gears with synchronizers for selecting
forward gears
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS Clutch Self-adjusting with no free travel

Traction Front
CONTENTS

236
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 237

BRAKES KNOWING
YOUR
VEHICLE
Service brakes: front self-ventilated discs
rear drum or disc (for versions/markets where provided)
SAFETY
Parking brake controlled by hand lever, acting on rear brakes

IMPORTANT Water, ice and salt on the roads may deposit on the brake discs, reducing braking efficiency the first time the
STARTING
brakes are applied. AND DRIVING

SUSPENSIONS WARNING LIGHTS


AND MESSAGES
1.2 – 1.4 1.4 Multi Air – 1.4 Turbo Multi Air – 1.3 Multijet

Front Independent wheel Independent wheel McPherson-type with anti-roll bar


McPherson-type IN AN
EMERGENCY
Rear Torsion beam with interconnected wheels
SERVICING
AND CARE

STEERING SYSTEM
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Type rack and pinion with electric power steering

Turning circle (kerb to kerb) m 10.9 CONTENTS

237
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 238

KNOWING
WHEELS CORRECT READING OF THE TYRE
YOUR Example: 175/65 R 15 84T
VEHICLE RIMS AND TYRES
175 = Nominal width
Pressed steel or alloy rims. Tubeless radial carcass tyres. (S, distance in mm between sidewalls).
All approved tyres are listed in the Log Book. 65 = Height/width ratio (H/S) as a percentage.
SAFETY IMPORTANT In the event of discrepancies between the in- R = Radial tyre.
formation provided in this Owner Handbook and the Log
Book, the latter takes precedence. 15 = Rim diameter in inches (Ø).
STARTING To ensure driving safety, ensure that tyres of the same 84 = Load index.
AND DRIVING make and type are fitted on all wheels. T = Maximum speed index.
IMPORTANT Do not use inner tubes with tubeless tyres.
WARNING LIGHTS SPARE WHEEL
AND MESSAGES
Pressed steel rim
Tubeless tyre.
IN AN
EMERGENCY WHEEL GEOMETRY
Total front toe in: + 1 ± 1 mm
Total rear toe in: + 1.7 ± 2 mm
SERVICING
AND CARE
The values refer to the car in running order.

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

F0U0193m
fig. 218
238
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 239

Maximum speed index CORRECT READING OF THE WHEEL RIM


KNOWING
Example: 6J x 15 ET43 YOUR
Q = up to 160 km/h. 6 = rim width in inches 1. VEHICLE
R = up to 170 km/h. J = rim drop centre outline (side projection where the
S = up to 180 km/h. tyre bead rests) 2.
T = up to 190 km/h. 15 = rim nominal diameter in inches (corresponds to di- SAFETY
U = up to 200 km/h. ameter of the tyre to be fitted) 3 = Ø.
H = up to 210 km/h. ET43: = wheel camber (distance between the disc/rim
V = up to 240 km/h. support plane and the wheel rim centre line).
STARTING
AND DRIVING
Maximum speed index for snow tyres TYRES RIM PROTECTOR fig. 219

QM + S = up to 160 km/h. WARNING LIGHTS


WARNING
TM + S = up to 190 km/h. AND MESSAGES
If after-sale tyres with rim protector are used
HM + S = up to 210 km/h. and the car has integral cups fixed (by
springs) to the sheet wheel, DO NOT fit wheel cu- IN AN
Load index ps. The use of unsuitable tyres and wheel cups could EMERGENCY
cause a sudden pressure loss of the tyre.
70 = 335 kg 81 = 462 kg
71 = 345 kg 82 = 475 kg SERVICING
72 = 355 kg 83 = 487 kg AND CARE
73 = 365 kg 84 = 500 kg
74 = 375 kg 85 = 515 kg
75 = 387 kg 86 = 530 kg TECHNICAL
76 = 400 kg 87 = 545 kg SPECIFICATIONS
77 = 412 kg 88 = 560 kg
78 = 425 kg 89 = 580 kg
79 = 437 kg 90 = 600 kg CONTENTS
80 = 450 kg 91 = 615 kg
F0U0549m
fig. 219
239
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 240

Version Rims (*) Tyres Spare wheel (ç)


KNOWING provided snow Rim (*) Tyre
YOUR
VEHICLE
1.2 6J X 15'' - ET 43 175/65 R15 84T 175/65 R15 84Q (M+S) 6J X 15'' - ET 43 175/65 R15 84T
6J X 15'' - ET 43 (Õ) 185/65 R15 88T 185/65 R15 88Q (M+S) 185/65 R15 88T

SAFETY 1.2 ECO 6J X 15'' - ET 43 (Õ) 185/65 R15 88T 185/65 R15 88Q (M+S) 6J X 15'' - ET 43 185/65 R15 88T

6J X 15'' - ET 43 175/65 R15 84T 175/65 R15 84Q (M+S) 6J X 15'' - ET 43 175/65 R15 84T
6J X 15'' - ET 43 (Õ) 175/65 R15 84T 175/65 R15 84Q (M+S) 185/65 R15 88T
1.4
STARTING 6J X 15'' - ET 43 (Õ) 185/65 R15 88T 185/65 R15 88Q (M+S)
1.3 Multijet 75HP
AND DRIVING 6J X 16'' - ET 45 (Õ) 195/55 R16 87H 195/55 R16 87Q (M+S)
6,5J X 17'' - ET 46 (Õ) 205/45 R17 88V 205/45 R17 88Q (M+S)

6J X 15'' - ET 43 185/65 R15 88T 185/65 R15 88Q (M+S) 6J X 15'' - ET 43 185/65 R15 88T
WARNING LIGHTS 1.3 Multijet 85HP
6J X 16'' - ET 45 (Õ) 195/55 R16 87H 195/55 R16 87Q (M+S)
AND MESSAGES
6J X 15'' - ET 43 (Õ) 185/65 R15 88H 185/65 R15 88Q (M+S) 6J X 15'' - ET 43 185/65 R15 88T
6J X 16'' - ET 45 (Õ) 195/55 R16 87H (❍) 195/55 R16 87Q (M+S)
1.4 Turbo Multi Air
6J X 16'' - ET 45 (Õ) 195/55 R16 87V (❒) 195/55 R16 87Q (M+S)
IN AN 205/45 R17 88V
6,5J X 17'' - ET 46 (Õ) 205/45 R17 88Q (M+S)
EMERGENCY
6J X 15'' - ET 43 185/65 R15 88H 185/65 R15 88Q (M+S) 6J X 15'' - ET 43 185/65 R15 88H
6J X 15'' - ET 43 (Õ) 185/65 R15 88H 185/65 R15 88Q (M+S)
1.4 Multi Air
SERVICING 6J X 16'' - ET 45 (Õ) 195/55 R16 87H 195/55 R16 87Q (M+S)
AND CARE 6,5J X 17'' - ET 46 (Õ) 205/45 R17 88V 205/45 R17 88Q (M+S)

6J X 15'' - ET 43 185/65 R15 88T 185/65 R15 88Q (M+S) 6J X 15'' - ET 43 185/65 R15 88H
6J X 15'' - ET 43 (Õ) 185/65 R15 88T 185/65 R15 88Q (M+S)
TECHNICAL 1.3 Multijet 95HP 6J X 16'' - ET 45 (Õ) 195/55 R16 87H 195/55 R16 87Q (M+S)
SPECIFICATIONS 6,5J X 17'' - ET 46 (Õ) 205/45 R17 88V 205/45 R17 88Q (M+S)

(*) 100 mm wheel stud distance and M12 x 1.5 studs; use only wheels specified for this car.
CONTENTS (ç) Depending on the configuration, the spare wheel has a 175/65 R15 84T tyre and a 6Jx15”- ET43 rim. In this case the 175/65 R15 84T tyre has the
same specifications as the spare wheel: the information in “Changing a tyre” therefore refers to the 175/65 R15 84T tyre.
(Õ) Alloy rim (❍) Not available for Sports setup versions
(❒) 1.4 Turbo MultiAir version with Sports setup
240
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 241

COLD TYRE PRESSURE (bar)


KNOWING
YOUR
Versions 1.2 - 1.4 1.4 Multi Air 1.4 Turbo Multi Air 1.3 Multijet 75HP 1.3 Multijet 95HP VEHICLE
1.3 Multijet 85HP
Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear Front Rear

175/65 R15 84T SAFETY


Medium load 2.2 2.1 – – – – 2.4 2.1 – –
Full load 2.2 2.2 – – – – 2.5 2.2 – –
185/65 R15 88T STARTING
Medium load 2.2 2.0 – – – – 2.3 2.1 2.3 2.1 AND DRIVING
Full load 2.2 2.2 – – – – 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3
185/65 R15 88H
Medium load – – 2.2 2.0 2.2 2.0 – – – – WARNING LIGHTS
Full load – – 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 – – – – AND MESSAGES
195/55 R16 87H
Medium load 2.2 2.0 2.2 2.0 2.2 2.0 2.3 2.1 2.3 2.1
Full load 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 IN AN
EMERGENCY
195/55 R16 87V
Medium load – – – – 2.2 (❒) 2.0 (❒) – – – –
Full load – – – – 2.2 (❒) 2.2 (❒) – – – – SERVICING
205/45 R17 88V AND CARE
Medium load 2.4 (Õ) 2.2 (Õ) 2.4 2.2 2.4 2.2 2.4 2.2 2.4 2.2
Full load 2.4 (Õ) 2.4 (Õ) 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.5 2.4 2.5 2.4
TECHNICAL
(❒) Version with Sports setup SPECIFICATIONS
(Õ) Tyre provided only for 1.4 engine
Add +0.3 bar to the prescribed inflation pressure when the tyres are warm. However, recheck that the value is correct with the tyre cold. With snow
tyres, add +0.2 bar to the pressure recommended for standard tyres. When running at speeds higher than 160 km/h, inflate tyres to full-load pres-
sures. If there is a TPMS system, add +0.1 bar to the prescribed pressure. 175/65 R15 84T tyres do not come with a TPMS system.
CONTENTS

241
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 242

KNOWING
DIMENSIONS
YOUR
VEHICLE Dimensions are expressed in mm and
refer to the vehicle equipped with its
original tyres.
SAFETY Height is measured with the vehicle un-
laden.
Boot capacity
STARTING Capacity with vehicle unladen
AND DRIVING (VDA standards) ........................ 275 dm3
Capacity with rear seat and
backrest folded over ............. 1,030 dm3
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES

IN AN
EMERGENCY
fig. 220 F0U0627m

SERVICING
AND CARE
Version 3 - 5 doors A B C D E F G H I

TECHNICAL 1.2 - 1.4


SPECIFICATIONS 1.4 MultiAir
1.4 Turbo Multi Air 4065 890 2510 665 1490 1473 1687 1466 1967
1.3 Multijet
CONTENTS
IMPORTANT Measurements may vary according to rim/tyre size.

242
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 243

PERFORMANCES KNOWING
YOUR
Maximum speeds that can be reached after initial car use, in km/h. VEHICLE
PETROL VERSIONS
1.2 (Euro 4) 1.2 (Euro 5) - 1.2 ECO 1.4 1.4 Multi Air 1.4 Turbo Multi Air SAFETY
155 156 165 185 200
205 (*)
STARTING
(*) A slight increase in maximum speed is possible with Sports setup versions. AND DRIVING

MULTIJET VERSIONS WARNING LIGHTS


AND MESSAGES
1.3 Multijet 75HP 1.3 Multijet 85HP 1.3 Multijet 95HP

165 172 178 IN AN


EMERGENCY

SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

243
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 244

KNOWING
WEIGHTS
YOUR
VEHICLE Petrol versions 1.2 1.4 1.4 Multi Air

Weights (kg) 3 doors 5 doors 3 doors 5 doors 3 doors 5 doors


5 seats 5 seats 5 seats 5 seats 5 seats 5 seats
SAFETY
Unladen weight
(with all fluids,
fuel tank filled to 90%
STARTING and without 1060 1075
AND DRIVING optional equipment): 1015 1030 1025 1040 1155 (❒) 1170 (❒)

Payload (*)
including the driver: 560 560 560 560 560 560
WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES Maximum permitted
loads (**)
– front axle: 850 850 850 850 850 850
IN AN – rear axle: 850 850 850 850 850 850
EMERGENCY – total: 1575 1590 1585 1600 1715 (❒)/1620 1730 (❒)/1635
Towable loads:
– braked trailer: 900/500 (Õ) 900/500 (Õ) 1000 1000 1000 1000
SERVICING – non-braked trailer: 400 400 400 400 400 400
AND CARE
Maximum load on roof: 50 50 50 50 50 50

Maximum load on the


TECHNICAL 60 60 60 60 60 60
ball joint (braked trailer):
SPECIFICATIONS
(*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload with respect to
the maximum permitted load.
(**) Loads that must not be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging goods in the boot and/or on the load carrying platform within
CONTENTS the maximum permitted loads.
(❒) 1.4 Turbo Multi Air configuration.
(Õ) ECO versions.
244
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 245

Multijet versions 1.3 Multijet 75HP 1.3 Multijet 85HP


1.3 Multijet 95HP KNOWING
YOUR
Weights (kg) 3 doors 5 doors 3 doors 5 doors VEHICLE
5 seats 5 seats 5 seats 5 seats

Unladen weight (with all liquids, fuel tank filled


to 90% and without optional equipment): 1090 1105 1130 1145 SAFETY

Payload (*) including the driver: 560 560 560 560


Maximum permitted loads (**) STARTING
– front axle: 950 950 950 950 AND DRIVING
– rear axle: 850 850 850 850
– total: 1650 1665 1690 1705
WARNING LIGHTS
Towable loads: AND MESSAGES
– braked trailer: 1000 1000 1000 1000
– non-braked trailer: 400 400 400 400
Maximum load on roof: 50 50 50 50 IN AN
EMERGENCY
Maximum load on the ball joint (braked trailer): 60 60 60 60

(*) If special equipment is fitted (sunroof, tow hitch, etc.) the unladen car weight increases, thus reducing the specified payload in relation to SERVICING
the maximum permissible loads. AND CARE
(**) Loads that must not be exceeded. The driver is responsible for arranging the goods in the boot and/or on the load carrying platform
within the maximum permitted loads.
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

245
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 246

KNOWING
CAPACITIES
1.2 1.4 1.4 Turbo 1.3 1.3 1.3 Recommended fuels
YOUR 1.4 Multi Air Multi Air Multijet Multijet Multijet and original lubricants
VEHICLE 75HP 85HP 95HP

Fuel tank: litres 45 45 45 – – – Unleaded petrol with no less


including a reserve of: litres 5÷7 5÷7 5÷7 – – – than 95 R.O.N.
SAFETY (EN228 Specification)
Fuel tank: litres – – – 45 45 45 Diesel for motor vehicles
including a reserve of: litres – – – 5÷7 5÷7 5÷7 (EN590 Specification)
STARTING
Engine cooling 50-50 mixture of water and
AND DRIVING 5.3 PARAFLUUP liquid (❒)
system: litres 5.3 6,0 7.4 (E4) 6.7 7.4 (E4)
6.7 (E5) 6.7 (E5)

WARNING LIGHTS Engine sump: litres 2.4 3.1 3.1 – – – SELENIA K P.E.
AND MESSAGES Engine sump and filter: litres 2.6 3.4 3.5 – – –

Engine sump: litres – – – 3.0 3.0 3.0 SELENIA WR P.E.


Engine sump and filter: litres – – – 3.2 3.2 3.2
IN AN
EMERGENCY Gearbox/differential TUTELA CAR
casing: kg 1.5 (▲) 1.65 (▲) 1.7 (▲) 1.7 (▲) 1.7 (●) 1.7 (▲) TECHNYX (▲) (■)
2.0 (❍) (*) TUTELA TRANSMISSION
GEARFORCE (●)
SERVICING
AND CARE TUTELA CAR MATRYX (❍) (■)

Hydraulic brake circuit: kg 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 TUTELA TOP 4
TECHNICAL Windscreen/rear window Mixture of water and
SPECIFICATIONS washer fluid reservoir: litres 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2 TUTELA
with headlight washers: litres 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 PROFESSIONAL SC35

(*) Version with six-speed gearbox


CONTENTS (❒) For particularly harsh climate conditions, a mixture of 60% PARAFLUUP and 40% distilled water is recommended.
(■) The use of TUTELA TRANSMISSION GEARFORCE engine oil is recommended for use in particularly harsh climatic conditions.

246
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 247

FLUIDS AND LUBRICANTS KNOWING


YOUR
SPECIFICATIONS AND RECOMMENDED PRODUCTS VEHICLE

Use Quality specifications of fluids and lubricants Original Replacement


for correct car operation fluids and lubricants interval SAFETY

Lubricants for SAE 5W-40 ACEA C3 SELENIA K P.E. As per the


petrol engines grade synthetic base lubricant. Contractual Scheduled
FIAT 9.55535-S2 certification. Technical Reference Servicing Plan STARTING
N° F603.C07 AND DRIVING

SAE 5W-30 SELENIA WR P.E. As per the


Lubricants for grade synthetic base lubricant. Contractual Scheduled WARNING LIGHTS
Diesel engines FIAT 9.55535-S1 certification. Technical Reference Servicing Plan AND MESSAGES
N° F510.D07

IN AN
For diesel engines, in the event of an emergency in which the original products are not available, lubricants with at EMERGENCY
least ACEA C2 performance are acceptable; however, in this case optimum engine performance is not guaranteed
and the lubricants should be replaced with recommended products as soon as possible at a Fiat Dealership.
The use of products with characteristics that are not up to ACEA C3 (for petrol engines) and ACEA C2 (for Diesel SERVICING
engines) standard could cause engine damage not covered by the warranty. AND CARE
For petrol versions with Multi Air system, the use of lubricants with features below ACEA C3 and SAE grade other
than 5W-40 could cause damage to the engine, not covered by the warranty. TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

247
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 248

Use Quality specifications of fluids and lubricants Original Applications


KNOWING for correct car operation fluids and lubricants
YOUR
VEHICLE SAE 75W-85 grade synthetic base lubricant. TUTELA CAR Mechanical gearbox and
FIAT 9.55550-MX3 certification TECHNYX differential (petrol versions
Contractual Technical and 1.3 Multijet 75HP
Reference N° F010.B05 versions)
SAFETY SAE 75W-85 grade synthetic base lubricant. TUTELA CAR Mechanical gearbox and
FIAT 9.55550-MZ1 certification MATRYX differential (1.3 Multijet
Lubricants and Contractual Technical 85HP versions)
Reference N° F108.F02
greases
STARTING for drive SAE 75W grade synthetic lubricant. TUTELA TRANSMISSION Mechanical gearbox and
AND DRIVING FIAT 9.55550-MZ6 certification GEARFORCE differential (1.3 Multijet
transmission Contractual Technical 95HP versions)
system Reference N° F002.F10
Molybdenum disulphide grease, for use at TUTELA ALL STAR Wheel side
WARNING LIGHTS high temperatures. Contractual Technical constant-velocity
AND MESSAGES FIAT 9.55580 certification. NL.GI. 1-2 consistency Reference N° F702.G07 joints
Grease for constant-velocity joints with low TUTELA STAR 700 Differential side
friction coefficient. Contractual Technical constant-velocity
FIAT 9.55580 certification. NL.GI. 0-2 consistency Reference N° F701.C07 joints
IN AN Synthetic fluid FMVSS n° 116 DOT 4, ISO 4925 TUTELA TOP 4 Hydraulic brakes
EMERGENCY Brake liquid SAE J1704, CUNA NC 956- 01. Contractual Technical and hydraulic clutch
FIAT 9.55597 certification Reference N° F001.A93 controls
Red protective with antifreeze action, based on inhibited PARAFLUUP (*) Cooling circuits.
Radiator monoethyl glycol with organic formula. Exceeds Contractual Technical Mixture: 50% water
SERVICING protection CUNA NC 956-16, ASTM D 3306 specifications. Reference N° F101.M01 and 50% PARAFLUUP (❒)
AND CARE FIAT 9.55523 certification
Additive for diesel antifreeze, protecting TUTELA DIESEL ART Mix 25cc per 10 litres of
Fuel additive diesel engines Contractual Technical diesel
Reference N° F601.L06
TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS Mixture of alcohol, water and surfactants CUNA NC 956-II TUTELA To be used diluted or
Windscreen/ FIAT 9.55522 certification. PROFESSIONAL SC35 undiluted in windscreen/
rear window Contractual Technical rear window washer/
washer fluid Reference N° F201.D02 wiper systems

CONTENTS
(*) IMPORTANT Do not use fluids with other specifications for topping up or mixing.
(❒) When the vehicle is used in particularly harsh climate conditions, we recommend using a 60-40 mixture of PARAFLUUP and distalled water.

248
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 249

FUEL CONSUMPTION ❒ combined consumption: this is calculated with a weight-


ing of about 37% urban cycle consumption and about KNOWING
63% extra-urban consumption. YOUR
The fuel consumption figures given in the table below are VEHICLE
determined on the basis of the homologation tests set IMPORTANT The type of route, traffic situations, weath-
down by specific European Directives. The procedures be- er conditions, driving style, general state of the car, trim
low are followed for measuring consumption: level/equipment/accessories, load, climate control system,
❒ urban cycle: cold starting followed by driving that sim- SAFETY
roof rack, and other situations that affect how the car
ulates urban use of the car; moves through the air may lead to different fuel con-
❒ extra-urban cycle: driving that simulates using the ve- sumption levels than those measured.
hicle out of town with frequent acceleration in all gears; STARTING
the speed varies from 0 to 120 km/h; AND DRIVING

Fuel consumption according to the current european directive (litres / 100 km) WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
Versions Urban Extra-urban Combined

1.2 (Euro 4) 7.3 4.8 5.7


IN AN
1.2 (Euro 5) 7.2 4.4 5.4 EMERGENCY
1.2 (Euro 5 - Start&Stop) 6.7 4.4 5.2
1.2 (ECO) 6.6 4.3 5.1
1.4 (Euro 4) 7.5 5.0 5.9 SERVICING
1.4 (Euro 5) 7.4 4.7 5.7 AND CARE
1.4 Multi Air (Euro 5) 7.4 4.7 5.7
1.4 Turbo Multi Air (Euro 5) 7.3 4.6 5.6
TECHNICAL
1.3 Multijet 75HP (Euro 4) 6.2 3.5 4.5 SPECIFICATIONS
1.3 Multijet 75HP (Euro 5) 5.5 3.5 4.2
1.3 Multijet 75HP (Euro 5 - Start&Stop) 5.2 3.5 4.1
1.3 Multijet 85HP (Euro 5) 4.4 2.9 3.5
CONTENTS
1.3 Multijet 95HP (Euro 5) 5.3 3.5 4.2

249
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 250

KNOWING
CO2 EMISSIONS
YOUR
VEHICLE The CO2 emission figures in the table below refer to combined fuel consumption.

Version CO2 emissions


SAFETY according to the current european directive (g/km)

1.2 (Euro 4) 135


1.2 (Euro 5) 126
STARTING
1.2 (Euro 5 - Start&Stop) 123
AND DRIVING
1.2 (ECO) 119
1.4 (Euro 4) 139
WARNING LIGHTS 1.4 (Euro 5) 132
AND MESSAGES 1.4 Multi Air (Euro 5) 133
1.4 Turbo Multi Air (Euro 5) 129
1.3 Multijet 75HP (Euro 4) 119
IN AN
EMERGENCY 1.3 Multijet 75HP (Euro 5) 112
1.3 Multijet 75HP (Euro 5 - Start&Stop) 108
1.3 Multijet 85HP (Euro 5) 90
SERVICING 1.3 Multijet 95HP (Euro 5) 110
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

250
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 251

ARRANGEMENTS FOR DEALING WITH THE VEHICLE AT THE END OF ITS LIFE KNOWING
Fiat has been committed for many years to safeguarding the environment through the constant improvement of its production YOUR
processes and manufacturing products that are increasingly “eco-compatible”. VEHICLE
To give customers the best possible service in terms of respecting environmental laws and in response to European Directive
2000/53/EC governing vehicles at the end of their life, Fiat is offering its customers the opportunity of handing over their
vehicle* at the end of its life without incurring any additional costs. SAFETY
The European Directive sets out that when the vehicle is handed over the last keeper or owner should not incur any expenses
as a result of it having a zero or negative market value.
In all European Union countries, until 1st January 2007, only vehicles registered after 1st July 2002 were collected free of STARTING
charge, while since 2007 collection has been free of charge irrespective of the year of registration as long as the vehicle AND DRIVING
contains its basic components (in particular, the engine and bodywork) and has no additional waste.
To hand your vehicle over at the end of its life without extra cost, go to one of our Dealerships or Fiat-authorised collection
and scrapping centres. WARNING LIGHTS
AND MESSAGES
These centres have been carefully chosen to offer high quality service for the collection, treatment and recycling of unused
vehicles with respect to the environment.
You can find further information on these collection and scrapping centres either from a Fiat or Fiat Commercial Vehicle IN AN
Dealership or by calling the freephone number 00800 3428 0000 or by going on the Fiat website. EMERGENCY

(*) Vehicle for transporting passengers with a maximum of nine seats and a total permitted weight of 3.5 t
SERVICING
AND CARE

TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS

CONTENTS

251
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 252

In the heart of your engine.

Always ask your mechanic for

Pagin
Pagine_ITA.indd 1 18-05-2005 11:53:40
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 253

Oil change? The experts recommend Selenia

The engine of your car is factory filled with Selenia.


This is an engine oil range which satisfies the most advanced
international specifications. Its superior technical characteristics
allow Selenia to guarantee the highest performance
and protection of your engine.

The Selenia range includes a number of technologically advanced products:


SELENIA K PURE ENERGY SELENIA MULTIPOWER
Synthetic lubricant designed for latest generation, low Particularly ideal for the protection of new generation petrol
emission, petrol engines. Its specific formulation warrants engines, very effective even in the most severe weather
the utmost protection also for high performance conditions. It guarantees a reduction in fuel consumption
turbocharged engines with high thermal stress. (Energy conserving) and it is also ideal for alternative
Its low ash content helps to maintain the total cleanliness engines.
of modern catalysts.
SELENIA SPORT
SELENIA WR PURE ENERGY Fully synthetic lubricant capable of meeting the needs of
Fully synthetic lubricant that can meet the requirements of high performance engines.
the latest diesel engines. Low ash content to protect the Studied to protect the engine also in high thermal stress
particulate filter from the residual products of combustion. conditions, it prevents deposits on the turbine to achieve
High Fuel Economy System that allows the utmost performance in total safety.
considerable fuel saving.
It reduces the danger of dirtying the turbine to ensure the The range also includes Selenia StAR Pure Energy, Selenia
protection of increasingly high performance diesel Racing, Selenia K, Selenia WR, Selenia 20K, Selenia 20K AR.
engines For further information on Selenia products visit the web site
www.selenia.com.

Pagine_ITA.indd 4 18-05-2005 11:54:19


05 11:53:40
231-254 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 11:31 Pagina 254

NOTES
255-264 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 12:00 Pagina 255

RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION

DASHBOARD
The presence and position of the controls, the instruments and the indicators may vary according to the versions.

RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION


fig. 221 F0U0531m

1. Adjustable side air vents - 2. Fixed side air vents - 3. Left-hand lever: exterior lights control - 4. Instrument panel -
5. Right-hand lever: front and rear windscreen wiper controls, trip computer - 6. Controls on dashboard - 7. Ad-
justable central air vents - 8. Fixed upper air vent - 9. Front airbag, passenger side - 10. Glove compartment - 11. Sound
system (for versions/markets where provided) - 12. HVAC controls - 13. Ignition - 14. Front airbag, driver’s side -
15. Steering wheel adjustment lever - 16. Control panel: headlight position adjustment/digital display/multifunction dis-
play - 17. Light-guiding plate.
255
255-264 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 12:00 Pagina 256

INSTRUMENT PANEL
Versions with
multifunction display
A Speedometer
B Fuel level gauge with reserve
warning light
C Engine coolant temperature
gauge with overheating warning
light
D Rev counters
RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION

E Multifunction display

F0U0807m
fig. 222

256
255-264 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 12:00 Pagina 257

Versions with reconfigurable


multifunction display
A Speedometer
B Fuel level gauge with reserve
warning light
C Engine coolant temperature
gauge with overheating warning
light
D Rev counters
E Reconfigurable multifunction
display

RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION


F0U0808m
fig. 223

257
255-264 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 12:00 Pagina 258

ACCESS TO DASHBOARD FUSE BOX


To access the dashboard fuse box fig. 224, open the glove
compartment.

F0U0532m
fig. 224
RIGHT HAND DRIVE VERSION

258
255-264 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 12:00 Pagina 259

CONTENTS KNOWING
YOUR
VEHICLE
ABS ...................................................... 99 – extending the boot........................ 90 Central locking ..................................... 69
– opening with remote control ..... 8 Changing a tyre .................................... 172
Additional brake light
– bulb replacement .......................... 190 Boot light............................................... 193 – general information SAFETY
Adjusting the car's interior lighting.. 20 Brake lights and warnings................................... 172
Adjusting the mirrors ........................ 40 – bulb replacement................ 189-190 – tyre and wheel types .................... 240
Brake liquid – tyre inflation pressures................. 241
Adjusting the seats ........................ 35-37 STARTING
Air filter ................................................ 221 – checking levels and topping up ... 220 Changing battery - key with remote
– specifications ................................. 248 control................................................. 9 AND DRIVING
Air recirculation ...................... 47-51-54
Air vents ............................................... 44 Brakes Changing bulbs
– brake fluid (type) ........................... 248 – bulb types........................................ 182
Airbag deactivation ........................ 32-139
– checking levels and topping up .. 220 – exterior............................................ 185 WARNING LIGHTS
Ashtray................................................... 74
– handbrake........................................ 148 – general information ...................... 182 AND MESSAGES
ASR ........................................................ 103 – technical specifications ................. 237 – interior ........................................... 191
Automatic climate control................. 52
Bulbs Chassis (marking)................................. 232
– bulb types......................... 182-183-184 IN AN
Battery Checking engine oil ............................. 217 EMERGENCY
– jump starting................................... 171 – general information – consumption................................... 216
– maintenance.................................... 221 on replacement.............................. 182 – engine oil specifications................ 247
– replacement ................................... 222
– tips for extending life.................... 222 Capability for child seat..................... 134 Checking levels ................................... 213 SERVICING
Car maintenance and care ................ 207 – brake fluid ....................................... 220 AND CARE
Body – engine coolant................................ 218
– bodywork version codes ............. 233 – checking fluid levels....................... 213
– demanding use of the car............. 212 – engine oil ........................................ 216
– cleaning, care and maintenance .. 227 – washer fluid for windscreen/rear
Body marking........................................ 232 – regular checks ............................... 212 TECHNICAL
– scheduled servicing plan....... 208-210 window ............................................ 219
Body paintwork identification plate. 232 SPECIFICATIONS
Car prolonged stop............................. 156 Child safety lock ................................. 83
Body versions ....................................... 233
Bodywork codes ................................. 233 Carrying children safely...................... 130 Child safety ........................................... 80
Boot – universal Isofix child seat Child seats ............................................ 134
capability.......................................... 134 CONTENTS
– emergency opening from – capability for fitting child seats.... 134
the inside ......................................... 90 Catalytic converter.............................. 124 – suitability for using child seats ... 133
259
255-264 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 12:00 Pagina 260

Cigarette lighter................................... 74 – wing mirrors ....................... 47-51-54 Engine compartment


KNOWING Dimensions of the car ........................ 242 – checking fluid levels....................... 213
YOUR Cleaning and maintenance
– bodywork........................................ 227 Dipped headlights – opening/closing the bonnet ......... 93
VEHICLE – washing ........................................... 229
– engine compartment..................... 229 – bulb replacement .......................... 186
– fabric seats ..................................... 230 – switching on .................................. 57 Engine coolant
– interior............................................. 229 Direction indicators – checking levels and topping up ... 218
SAFETY – leather upholstery ......................... 230 – front bulb replacement................. 187 – specifications ................................. 248
– plastic parts..................................... 230 – rear bulb replacement .................. 189 – temperature gauge and
– windows .......................................... 229 – side bulb replacement................... 188 warning light ................................... 18
Climate control system ..................... 49 – switching on .................................. 58 Engine cooling
STARTING – checking levels and topping up ... 218
AND DRIVING – air vents ..................................... 43-44 Door locks ............................................ 69
Doors – specifications ................................. 248
Climate control system
controls.......................................... 48-52 – central locking ............................... 69 Engine immobiliser (Fiat CODE)...... 6
– child lock ......................................... 83 Engine marking ..................................... 232
WARNING LIGHTS Clock
Engine oil consumption ...................... 217
– locking/unlocking from
AND MESSAGES – adjusting .......................................... 26
Clutch the inside.................................... 69-80 Engine oil
– technical specifications ................. 236 – remote control .............................. 8 – checking levels and topping up ... 216
– remote locking/unlocking ........... 8 – consumption .................................. 217
IN AN CO2 emissions at exhaust.................. 250 DPF (particulate filter)........................ 124 – technical specifications ................ 247
EMERGENCY CODE card ........................................... 7 Environment
Control buttons .................................. 67 Electrical/electronic devices............. 121 – devices for reducing emissions... 123
Cruise Control..................................... 62 Emergency rear door locking Environmental protection.................. 123
SERVICING device................................................... 84 – particle filter (DPF) ....................... 124
AND CARE Dashboard ........................................... 5 Emergency starting .............................. 171 EOBD system ....................................... 105
Dead lock .............................................. 82 – bump starting ................................. 172
– jump starting................................... 171 ESP system ........................................... 101
Defrosting-demisting
TECHNICAL – rear window........................ 47-51-68 End of vehicle life ................................ 251 Extending the boot.............................. 90
SPECIFICATIONS – windscreen and front Engine External lights (switching on) ............ 57
side windows ..................... 46-50-53 – engine immobiliser (Fiat CODE) 6
Demisting/defrosting – identification codes ....................... 233 Fiat CODE ........................................... 6
– rear window........................ 47-51-68 – marking ............................................ 232 Fire extinguisher ................................. 77
CONTENTS
– windscreen and front – technical specifications ................ 234 Fix&Go automatic .............................. 177
side windows ...................... 46-50-53 Engine codes ........................................ 233 – changing a wheel ........................... 172
260
255-264 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 12:00 Pagina 261

Flashing (main beams) ......................... 58 Fuel flap ................................................. 122 – bulbs (type): .................................... 182
– headlamp alignment corrector ... 97 KNOWING
Fluids and lubricants (specifications) 247 Fuel level indicator ............................. 17 YOUR
– type of fuel ............................ 122-234 – light beam direction ...................... 97
Fog lights VEHICLE
– bulb replacement .......................... 188 Fuel reserve ......................................... 163 Headrest
– switching on .................................. 67 Fuel supply (technical data)................ 236 – front ................................................. 38
Follow Me Home (headlight device) 49 – rear................................................... 39
Fuel tank (capacity).............................. 246 SAFETY
Front airbags ........................................ 137 Heated rear window ................. 47-51-68
Fuel tank cap......................................... 122
– deactivating ..................................... 139 Heating and ventilation ...................... 43
– driver's side..................................... 138 Fuses....................................... 199-200-201
Heavy use of the vehicle ................... 212
– passenger's side.............................. 138 – general information STARTING
and warnings................................... 194 Hill Holder system ............................. 102
Front armrest ...................................... 72 AND DRIVING
– location (fuse boxes) ... 196-197-198 Hood
Front ceiling light ................................. 64 – opening/closing ................... 93-94-95
– bulb replacement .......................... 191 Gear lever............................................ 149 Hydraulic Brake assist ....................... 101
Front light clusters Gear shift indicator ............................ 117 WARNING LIGHTS
– bulb arrangement .......................... 185 Identification data................................ 231 AND MESSAGES
Gearbox................................................. 149
Front seats ........................................... 35 – technical specifications ................. 236 Identify vehicle...................................... 231
– adjusting........................................... 35 Getting to know your car.................. 5
– armrest ........................................... 72
Ignition device....................................... 13 IN AN
– cleaning ........................................... 230
Glasses Ignition keyhole.................................... 13 EMERGENCY
– cleaning ........................................... 229
– headrests ......................................... 38 Ignition lock ......................................... 13
– heating.............................................. 37 Glove compartment............................ 70
In an emergency .................................. 171
Fuel SERVICING
Handbrake .......................................... 148 Installing electrical/electronic AND CARE
– consumption................................... 245
Handbrake lever .................................. 148 devices ................................................ 121
– fuel cut-off (system) ...................... 65
– gauge and reserve warning light . 13 Hazard warning lights – radio transmitters and mobile
hones .............................................. 121
– opening the flap ............................ 118 – switching on .................................. 67 TECHNICAL
– refuelling the car ........................... 118 Headlamp alignment corrector......... 97 Installing the tow hook ...................... 153 SPECIFICATIONS
– specifications .......................... 230-231 Headlight angle correction ................ 97 Instrument panel ................................. 15
– tank cap ........................................... 118 Interior fittings .................................... 70
Headlights ............................................. 97
Fuel consumption ............................... 249 – adjusting headlights abroad.......... 98 Interior lighting..................................... 64
Fuel cut-off system .............................. 69 Interiors (cleaning) .............................. 229
CONTENTS
– alignment corrector ..................... 97
Fuel economy ....................................... 150 – bulb replacement .......................... 182 Internal equipment .............................. 70
261
255-264 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 12:00 Pagina 262

Jack Number plate lights Raising the car


KNOWING – with the jack .................................. 173
– precautions ..................................... 173 – bulb replacement .......................... 190
YOUR – with the lift arms .......................... 204
VEHICLE – usage ............................................... 174
Odometer............................................ 17 – with the workshop lift.................. 204
Keys.......................................................
7 On-board computer (trip)................. 33 Rear courtesy lights ........................... 64
– key with remote control ............. 8 On-board instruments (panel).......... 15 – bulb replacement .......................... 192
SAFETY – key without remote control ...... 11 Rear fog light
– remote locking/unlocking doors 8 Paintwork (maintenance).................. 228 – bulb replacement .......................... 190
– replacing remote control battery. 10 – bodywork colour plate................. 232 – switching on .................................. 68
– requesting additional remote ParafluUP Rear light clusters
STARTING control keys.................................... 10 – checking levels and topping up ... 218
AND DRIVING – bulb replacement .......................... 189
– specifications ................................. 248
Light clusters Rear seats
Parking (sensors) ................................. 16 – cleaning ........................................... 230
– installing .......................................... 182 – parking lights ................................. 58 – headrests ......................................... 39
WARNING LIGHTS Lights (controls to switch on)....... 57-67 Parking sensors .................................... 117
AND MESSAGES Rear window washer ......................... 61
Liquids (specifications)........................ 247 Parking the car ..................................... 148 – checking levels and topping up ... 248
Load limiters ........................................ 127 Particulate filter (DPF)........................ 124 – nozzle............................................... 227
Low beams Performance ........................................ 243 – operation......................................... 61
IN AN – bulb replacement .......................... 186
EMERGENCY Pollen filter ........................................... 221 Rear window wiper
– switching on .................................. 57 Portable navigator socket .................. 120 – blade replacement ......................... 226
Lubricants (specifications)........... 247-248 Power window – operation......................................... 61
– electric ............................................. 85 – rear window washer fluid
SERVICING Main beam headlights – rear manual..................................... 87 specifications................................... 248
AND CARE – bulb replacement .......................... 186 Rear-view mirrors
Protecting the environment .............. 123 – external............................................ 41
– flashing ............................................. 58
– switching on .................................. 58 Punctures – internal............................................. 40
– changing a tyre .............................. 172 Reconfigurable multifunctional
TECHNICAL Manual climate control....................... 48
– Fix&Go automatic
SPECIFICATIONS display .................................................. 20
Mechanical Brake Assist ..................... 99 (quick tyre repair kit) ................... 177 – control buttons.............................. 21
MSR system........................................... 104 – general instructions ..................... 172 – setup menu ..................................... 22
Multifunctional display ........................ 19 – standard screen.............................. 20
– control buttons.............................. 21 Radio (wiring set-up) ......................... 119 Refuelling
CONTENTS
– setup menu .................................... 22 Radio transmitters and – technical specifications
– standard screen.............................. 19 mobile phones .................................. 121 (quantities) ...................................... 246
262
255-264 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 12:00 Pagina 263

Regular checks .................................... 212 – pretensioners ................................ 127 Steering system


Remote control.................................... 8 – SBR ................................................... 126 – steering wheel adjustment lever 39 KNOWING
– additional remote controls.......... 10 – using the seat belts ....................... 125 – technical specifications ................. 237 YOUR
– battery replacement...................... 9 Seat heating .......................................... 37 Steering wheel stalks ..................... 57-58
VEHICLE
– opening the tailgate ...................... 8 Setting the clock ............................ 17-26 Steering wheel
– remote locking/unlocking doors 8 Side air bags – adjustment lever ........................... 39
Replacing fuses (side bag - window bag).... 140-141-142 – turning circle ................................. 237
SAFETY
– general information – general warnings ........................... 143
and warnings................................... 194 Steering-wheel adjustment ................ 39
Side lights/tail lights Storage compartments ...................... 70
– list ...................................... 199-200-201
– front bulb replacement................. 185 STARTING
– location (fuse boxes) .... 196-197-198 Storing the car...................................... 156
– rear bulb replacement .................. 189 AND DRIVING
Rev counter .......................................... 17 – switching on .................................. 57 Sun visors ............................................. 75
Reverse light Smart washing (windscreen wipers) 60 Suspensions .......................................... 237
– bulb replacement .......................... 190 Snow chains ......................................... 155 Switching ceiling lights on/off............. 64
Rim Protector (tyres) ......................... 239 WARNING LIGHTS
Sockets .................................................. 76 Symbols ................................................. 6 AND MESSAGES
Rims ....................................................... 240 Sound system wiring ........................... 119
– correct reading .............................. 239 Space-saver spare wheel ................... 172 Tailgate
Roof bar attachments ........................ 95 – technical specifications ................. 240 – emergency opening from
Roof rack/ski rack bars (capability).. 95 Spark plugs (type) ................................ 234 the inside ......................................... 90 IN AN
– opening with remote control ..... 8 EMERGENCY
Rubber lines .......................................... 225 Speedometer ........................................ 17
Spray nozzles Technical specifications ...................... 231
Safety ................................................... 125 – windscreen/rear Third brake light .................................. 190
Save fuel (how to)................................ 150 window/headlamps washer ......... 226 Top speeds ........................................... 243 SERVICING
SBR system .......................................... 126 Start&Stop system ............................... 111 Topping up the engine oil ................. 216 AND CARE
Scheduled Servicing Plan............ 208-210 Starting the engine ............................. 145 – specifications ................................. 247
Scrappage............................................... 251 – emergency starting........................ 171 Towing the car ..................................... 205
– ignition switch ................................ 13 Towing trailers .................................... 152 TECHNICAL
Seat belt pretensioners ..................... 127
– procedure for diesel versions..... 146 Trailer (towing).................................... 152 SPECIFICATIONS
– load limiters .................................... 127
Seat belts .............................................. 125 – procedure for petrol versions.... 145 – installing the tow hook................. 153
– carrying children safely ................ 130 – stopping the engine ....................... 147 Transmission
– general warnings ........................... 128 – warming up the engine ................. 147 – technical specifications ................. 236
CONTENTS
– load limiters. ................................... 127 Starting up and driving........................ 145 Transporting children ......................... 130
– maintenance.................................... 129 Steering lock and ignition switch .. 13-14 Trip Computer..................................... 33
263
255-264 PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB 1ed 3-10-2011 12:00 Pagina 264

Trunk .................................................... 88 Warning lights and messages ......... 157 – checking levels and topping up ... 219
KNOWING – extending the boot........................ 90 – nozzles ............................................ 226
YOUR Washer fluid for windscreen/rear
– parcel shelf (removing)................. 92 window – operation......................................... 59
VEHICLE – removing the parcel shelf ............ 92 – windscreen washer fluid
– checking levels and topping up ... 219
Turning circle........................................ 239 – specifications ................................. 248 specifications ................................. 248
Tyre pressure ...................................... 241 Washing the car Windscreen wiper blades
SAFETY Tyres – engine compartment..................... 229 – replacement.................................... 225
– changing a wheel ........................... 152 – exterior .......................................... 228 Windscreen wipers
– Fix&Go automatic quick tyre – interior ........................................... 229 – nozzles ............................................ 226
Water temperature gauge engine – operation......................................... 59
STARTING repair kit ......................................... 177
– replacing wiper blades .................. 226
AND DRIVING – in the event of a puncture ........... 172 coolant................................................. 18
– type of coolant............................... 218 – windscreen washer fluid
– reading tyre markings ................... 239 specifications ................................. 248
– Rim Protector ................................ 239 Wheel geometry.................................. 238
Wheels and tyres Winter
WARNING LIGHTS – snow chains ................................... 156
– changing a wheel ........................... 172 – snow chains ................................... 155
AND MESSAGES – snow tyres ...................................... 155
– Fix&Go automatic quick tyre – snow tyres ..................................... 155
– storing tools and space-saver repair kit.......................................... 177
spare wheel..................................... 173 – geometry ........................................ 238
IN AN – tyre and wheel types ................... 240 – in the event of a puncture.... 172-177
EMERGENCY – tyre inflation ................................... 241 – reading tyre markings ................... 238
– winter............................................... 240 – snow chains ................................... 155
– snow tyres ...................................... 240
SERVICING
Universal Isofix child seat – tyre and wheel types .................... 240
AND CARE – capability for fitting child seats .. 134 – tyre inflation pressures ............... 241
– suitability for using child seats ... 136 Windows
Using the gearbox................................ 149 – cleaning ..................................... 59-225
– windscreen washer fluid
TECHNICAL V.I.N. Plates ........................................ 231 (specifications)................................ 248
SPECIFICATIONS Vehicle lifting points ............................ 204 Windscreen washer
Vehicle weights ................................... 244 – "smart washing" function ............. 60

CONTENTS
Fiat Group Automobiles S.p.A. - Parts&Services - Technical Services - Service Engineering
Largo Senatore G. Agnelli, 3 - 10040 Volvera - Torino (Italia)
Printed n. 603.99.056 - 09/2011 - 1 edition
264
COP PUNTO EASY_LOUNGE GB:PUNTO UM GB 11-10-2011 13:43 Pagina 1

F I A T P U N T O
ENGLISH

The data contained in this publication is intended merely as a guide. FIAT reserves the right to modify the models and
versions described in this booklet at any time for technical and commercial reasons.
If you have any further questions please consult your FIAT dealer.
Printed in recycled paper without chlorine. O W N E R H A N D B O O K

You might also like